15.06.2014 Views

5 Year Strategic Plan 2005/06 - Department of Education

5 Year Strategic Plan 2005/06 - Department of Education

5 Year Strategic Plan 2005/06 - Department of Education

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

FOREWORD BY THE MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL (MEC)<br />

f o r e w o r d<br />

<strong>Education</strong> is central to the development and transformation <strong>of</strong><br />

the Eastern Cape Province, and is critical in ensuring that the<br />

Province has the human resources that are required to meet<br />

its developmental goals. In this respect, the circumstances<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Province must inform and shape the development and<br />

transformation agenda <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Education</strong>, especially since some <strong>of</strong> these circumstances spill<br />

over into schools and affect their performance and viability.<br />

The statistical pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape in demographic,<br />

economic and educational terms, paints a disquieting picture <strong>of</strong><br />

under-development, and if properly interrogated, tells a sad story<br />

<strong>of</strong> its history <strong>of</strong> inequity and disadvantagement. The government<br />

is set on an agenda to transform these circumstances, and the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> must play its part.<br />

Since I assumed duty as MEC in May 2004, I realized that it was<br />

imperative to ensure that the strategic direction I am providing to<br />

the <strong>Department</strong> during my term <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice addresses the historical<br />

legacy, especially in the Transkei area. I therefore commissioned<br />

Imbewu to draft a document called, A Transformation Agenda for<br />

the Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> <strong>2005</strong> – 2014. The<br />

Transformation Agenda sets out a broad framework <strong>of</strong> realigning<br />

the <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong> with its mandate for supporting<br />

development and transformation in the Province and this <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> captures how my <strong>Department</strong><br />

intends addressing such development and transformation within the first five years. Furthermore the agenda<br />

is concerned, first <strong>of</strong> all, with the inherent inequities in educational provisioning, and the need to engender<br />

transformation in the availability <strong>of</strong> opportunities for a high quality <strong>of</strong> education for all. These opportunities<br />

will not be realized unless resources are efficiently and strategically managed, and unless the essential<br />

operational systems are in place to ensure enhanced performance <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />

The Transformation Agenda constitutes my statement <strong>of</strong> policy intent in terms <strong>of</strong> the strategic goals 1 it<br />

outlines, seeks to foster an in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong> the circumstances which have defined the course <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> over the last decade, and the challenges which must be overcome if its transformation agenda<br />

for the next ten years is to be realized. The key transformational issues affecting education are issues <strong>of</strong><br />

access, unemployment, imbalance in employability among youth, the social issues affecting schools and<br />

society, and the role played by language and technology in promoting balance in opportunity and access to<br />

quality education. These are the issues that feed the agenda <strong>of</strong> transformation. This <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> takes these<br />

issues as its baseline and translates the strategic goals into strategic objectives, and assigns responsibility<br />

to the relevant Chief Directorates. This plan is also an expression <strong>of</strong> our commitment to participate in the<br />

other Provincial Growth and Development <strong>Plan</strong> (PGDP) priorities such as: Agrarian transformation and food<br />

security, including the comprehensive nutrition programme; Fighting poverty, which includes the Expanded<br />

Public Works Programme, the capital projects <strong>of</strong> the different <strong>Department</strong>s and HIV and Aids; Public sector<br />

transformation focusing on service delivery in the main social service delivery departments; Infrastructure<br />

development; Manufacturing diversification and tourism; and Human Resource Development. The latter seeks<br />

to address the skills shortages in Government, the educational programmes <strong>of</strong> Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

(FET), Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training (ABET), Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong> (ECD) and a comprehensive<br />

Human Resource Development (HRD)<br />

strategy and learnership programmes.<br />

1 The Agenda refers to them as strategic objectives, but in terms <strong>of</strong> National Treasury prescripts they are actually strategic goals.


The <strong>Department</strong> collaborates with other Provincial Government <strong>Department</strong>s and structures in the three<br />

provincial Clusters, especially the Social Needs Cluster, in pursuing these priorities. We will work with other<br />

members <strong>of</strong> this and other Clusters in pursuing integrated planning, budgeting, service delivery, as well as<br />

pooling <strong>of</strong> resources and capabilities since we believe Government can achieve much more in this way with its<br />

available resources. In addition to this, we shall continue to engage all stakeholders and social partners in the<br />

planning and delivery <strong>of</strong> our programmes. To this end, all stakeholders were invited to the <strong>Education</strong> Summit<br />

convened from 13 to 15 July <strong>2005</strong> to deliberate on the ransformation Agenda. My <strong>Department</strong> and I will also<br />

work closely with the four higher education institutions (HEIs) in the Province to more effectively harness their<br />

expertise and specialized skills to the best advantage <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> and the Province.<br />

I am very pleased that the <strong>Department</strong>, who has the biggest share <strong>of</strong> the Provincial Budget and the<br />

biggest footprint <strong>of</strong> all the Provincial <strong>Department</strong>s with over 6 000 educational facilities and a presence in<br />

most communities, has embarked on an initiative called ‘Local Economic Development and <strong>Education</strong>al<br />

Provisioning’ to make a more significant contribution towards poverty alleviation and employment creation<br />

in the Province by targeting community cooperatives as service providers in procuring goods and services.<br />

I regard these cooperatives as more effective vehicles for broad based black economic empowerment and<br />

moral regeneration as they are rooted in the indigenous culture <strong>of</strong> ilima/letsema. This initiative is also based<br />

on cooperative governance and community-public-private partnership, and it will realize my vision <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

becoming ‘centres <strong>of</strong> community life’. Social issues like poverty significantly impact on our learners; it is for<br />

instance not possible to effectively teach a hungry or malnourished child and for her or him to do well at<br />

school. The Provincial Executive Council (EXCO) adopted our recommendation that this initiative be rolled<br />

out to other provincial departments and institutions and that the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> Economic Affairs, Environment<br />

and Tourism be the Lead <strong>Department</strong> in implementing the initiative in the Province. The high level <strong>of</strong> poverty<br />

(63.6% <strong>of</strong> households) and 53.7% unemployment in the Province indicates the extent <strong>of</strong> the prevalence <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Second Economy epitomized by market failure which demands effective government intervention.<br />

Over and above the Provincial priorities, the <strong>Department</strong>’s <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> reflects the priorities set by the<br />

National <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> and Government. The plan further outlines our strategy to turn this<br />

<strong>Department</strong> into an organization capable <strong>of</strong> delivering quality services in a manner that is timely, relevant<br />

and responsive to the developmental needs <strong>of</strong> the Province and the country in general. The <strong>Department</strong> is<br />

committed to rolling out its service delivery model articulated in previous plans by establishing adequately<br />

resourced and capacitated District Offices. Key to this end is the implementation <strong>of</strong> a matrix structure to<br />

facilitate programme and project management between provincial Head Office and the District Offices.<br />

However, the Executive Council’s resolution that the districts in the Province need to be properly coordinated,<br />

implies that serious consideration be given to the fact that the current number <strong>of</strong> District Offices in the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> do not coincide with the existing demarcation <strong>of</strong> District and Metropolitan Municipalities to<br />

facilitate coordination and integration <strong>of</strong> planning and service delivery between the <strong>Department</strong> and these<br />

municipalities. This will also entail that attention be given to strengthening the Circuits, mindful <strong>of</strong> the<br />

concomitant financial implications. Furthermore, related to a possible reconfiguration <strong>of</strong> the District Offices is<br />

to establish and/or develop comprehensive primary and secondary schools that <strong>of</strong>fer good quality education in<br />

these centres to attract people with particular scarce skills such as educators and other public servants, who<br />

have to now send their children elsewhere where schools <strong>of</strong> this nature exist inside or outside the Province.<br />

The slight improvement in the <strong>2005</strong> matric results has demonstrated that my <strong>Department</strong> is close to turning<br />

the corner and beginning to make, as the biggest provincial department, its rightful contribution in realizing the<br />

provincial vision: the Eastern Cape, a compelling place to live, work and invest in!<br />

M Matomela, MPL<br />

MEC FOR EDUCATION


FOREWORD BY THE MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL (MEC)<br />

PART A: STRATEGIC OVERVIEW<br />

c o n t e n t s<br />

1 OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC PLAN 1 1<br />

2 VISION 2 2<br />

3 MISSION 2 2<br />

4 VALUES 2 2<br />

5 SERVICE STANDARDS 2 2<br />

6 SECTORAL SITUATION ANALYSIS 4 4<br />

6.1 Summary <strong>of</strong> Service Delivery Environment and Challenges 4 4<br />

6.2 Summary <strong>of</strong> Organisational Environment and Challenges 5 5<br />

7 LEGISLATIVE AND OTHER MANDATES 5 5<br />

7.1 General Mandate <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> 5 5<br />

7.2 Constitutional Mandate 6 6<br />

7.3 National Legislative Mandate 6 6<br />

7.4 Provincial Legislative Mandate 7 7<br />

7.5 Good Governance Mandate 7 7<br />

7.6 Electronic <strong>Education</strong> and Communications 8 8<br />

8 BROAD POLICIES, PRIORITIES, STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

8.1 National and Provincial Government Policies and Priorities 9 9<br />

8.1 <strong>Department</strong>al Priority Areas 10 10<br />

8.2 <strong>Department</strong>al <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals 11 11<br />

8.3 <strong>Strategic</strong> Objectives 12 12<br />

8.4 Crosscutting <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives 15 15<br />

8.5 Monitoring and Evaluation 16 16<br />

9 INFORMATION SYSTEMS TO MONITOR PROGRESS 16 16<br />

9.1 Financial Information Systems 16 16<br />

9.2 Operational Information Systems 16 16<br />

9.3 Information Reporting Systems 17 17<br />

10 DESCRIPTION OF STRATEGIC PLANNING PROCESS 18 18<br />

PART B: PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME PLANS<br />

9<br />

9<br />

11. STRATEGIC GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND BUDGET PROGRAMMES 2136<br />

11.1. Introduction 21 36<br />

11.2. <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives with Sub-Programme and Chief Directorate Assignment 23 39<br />

11.3. Focus and Limits <strong>of</strong> Sub-Programmes 27 43<br />

11.4. Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Programmes and Sub-Programmes 30 47<br />

i<br />

iii


PART C: BACKGROUND INFORMATION<br />

12 INTRODUCTION 160 53<br />

13 ANALYSIS OF THE SERVICE DELIVERY ENVIRONMENT 160 53<br />

13.1 Policy Changes and Trends 165 53<br />

13.2 Environmental Factors and Emerging Challenges 166 55<br />

13.3 Demographic Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape 170 57<br />

13.4 Socio-Economic Deprivation in Eastern Cape Communities 185 68<br />

13.5 Situation Analysis <strong>of</strong> the System as a Whole 193 72<br />

13.6 Demographic Pressures and Access Issues 195 73<br />

13.7 <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> People in the Province 196 74<br />

13.8 Transfers to Institutions 198 75<br />

13.9. Programme 2 - Public Ordinary Schools 199 76<br />

13.10 Programme 3- Independent Schools 220 89<br />

13.11 Programme 4 - LSEN Schools 221 90<br />

13.12 Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training 224 92<br />

13.13 Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training 225 93<br />

13.14 Programme 7: Early Childhood Development 226 93<br />

14 EVALUATION OF CURRENT IMPLEMENTATION PERFORMANCE 227 94<br />

15<br />

ORGANIZATIONAL INFORMATION AND THE INSTITUTIONAL<br />

ENVIRONMENT<br />

94<br />

228<br />

15.1. Organizational Design 228 94<br />

15.2 Delegations and Performance Agreements 240 97<br />

15.3 Capital Investment, Maintenance and Asset Management 240 97<br />

15.4 Personnel 247 99<br />

15.5 Information Technology Systems 249100<br />

15.6 Performance Management System 251102<br />

15.7 Financial Management <strong>Plan</strong> 251102<br />

15.8 Audit Queries 255105<br />

ii<br />

iv


List <strong>of</strong> Tables<br />

Table 1: <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Associated Rationale 11<br />

Table 2: Outline <strong>of</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> Objectives by <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals 12<br />

Table 3: Cross Cutting <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives 15<br />

Table 4: Responsible Managers, Monitoring Agency and Monitoring Mechanisms 17<br />

Table 5: Programmes and Sub-Programmes Structure for the <strong>Department</strong> 38<br />

Table 6: <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals & Objectives, Programme/Sub-Programme & Chief Directorate<br />

Assignment 32<br />

Table 7: Overview <strong>of</strong> Programmes Listing <strong>of</strong> Respective Programmes and Sub-Programmes 44<br />

Table 8: Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Respective Programmes and Sub-<br />

Programmes 48<br />

Table 9: Total Population by Province, 1996 and 2001 Census 171<br />

Table 10: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population by <strong>Education</strong> Districts as indicated by the 1996 &<br />

2001 Census 174<br />

Table 11: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population per age group by <strong>Education</strong> District indicated by<br />

1996 & 2001 Census 181<br />

Table 12: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001 - Main Winners (relatively better<br />

<strong>of</strong>f) 188<br />

Table 13: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001. Main Losers (relatively worse) 188<br />

Table 14: Occupational Categories 192<br />

Table 15: Income Distribution 192<br />

Table 16: Number <strong>of</strong> Institutions and Centres 193<br />

Table 17: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners 193<br />

Table 18: Number <strong>of</strong> Educators (including SGB paid) 195<br />

Table 19: Enrolment and Population Statistics 195<br />

Table 20: Educator Post Declaration (<strong>2005</strong>) 196<br />

Table 21: Number <strong>of</strong> Employees <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> 197<br />

Table 22: Resourcing effected via the School Funding Norms <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> 198<br />

Table 23: Gross Enrolment Rate: 1996-2004 203<br />

Table 24: Repetition Rate by Grade 205<br />

Table 25: Drop-out Rate by Grade 2<strong>06</strong><br />

Table 26: Learner : Educator Ratio by Level 210<br />

Table 27: Learner - Educator Ratio by ex-<strong>Department</strong> (Public Ordinary Schools) 210<br />

Table 28: Learner - Educator Ratio by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools) 210<br />

Table 29: Average Classroom Size 214<br />

Table 30: Average Classroom Size by ex-<strong>Department</strong> 214<br />

Table 31: Average Classroom Size by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools) 214<br />

Table 32: Percentage <strong>of</strong> Educators (state-paid educators only) by Gender employed at<br />

Different Post Levels 216<br />

Table 33: Educators Leaving the System by Age Group 216<br />

Table 34: Grade 12 Pass rates 20<strong>06</strong>-2004 by ex-<strong>Department</strong> 219<br />

Table 35: Size and Shape <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling Sector 220<br />

Table 36: Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling 221<br />

Table 37: Budget Allocation to Programme 4 221<br />

Table 38: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners in LSEN schools 222<br />

Table 39: Number and Percentage <strong>of</strong> Learners by Gender and Disability (2004) 222<br />

Table 40: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 4 Schools 223<br />

Table 41: Learner : Classroom Ratio in Special Schools and the Classroom Backlog 223<br />

Table 42: Employment <strong>of</strong> Specialists 223<br />

Table 43: Learner : Educator Ratios in Programme 5 Institutions 224<br />

Table 44: Classrooms available for Programme 6 225<br />

Table 45: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 6 Centres 225<br />

Table 46: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 7 226<br />

Table 47: Condition <strong>of</strong> Capital Stock (April <strong>2005</strong>) 241<br />

Table 48: Employment and Vacancies by Programme (March <strong>2005</strong>) 247<br />

Table 49: Actual and Estimated Outcomes 2002/03 to <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> 253<br />

11<br />

13<br />

15<br />

17<br />

22<br />

23<br />

28<br />

30<br />

58<br />

60<br />

65<br />

70<br />

70<br />

72<br />

72<br />

72<br />

73<br />

73<br />

73<br />

74<br />

74<br />

75<br />

77<br />

79<br />

79<br />

82<br />

82<br />

83<br />

85<br />

85<br />

85<br />

86<br />

87<br />

88<br />

89<br />

90<br />

90<br />

90<br />

91<br />

91<br />

91<br />

92<br />

92<br />

93<br />

93<br />

93<br />

98<br />

99<br />

103<br />

c o n t e n t s<br />

iii<br />

v


Table 50: Expected MTEF Figures 20<strong>06</strong>/07 to 2008/09 (July <strong>2005</strong>) 254<br />

Table 51: Nominal Budget/Expenditure Growth 254<br />

104<br />

104<br />

LIST OF GRAPHS:<br />

Graph 1: Provincial Population Growth 1996-2001 3<br />

Graph 2: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Provincial Population by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001 3<br />

Graph 3: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Population by Age Group in the Eastern Cape - 2001 Census 3<br />

Graph 4: Comparative Population Distribution by Age Band in Two Selected Districts 3<br />

Graph 5: School Age Population Aged 7-10 <strong>Year</strong>s compared with reported Learner Enrolment<br />

for the Period 1995-2002 3<br />

Graph 6: Comparative Socio-Economic Deprivation by District 3<br />

Graph 7: Learner Enrolment in Public ordinary Schools (1995-2001) 3<br />

Graph 8: Learner Enrolment in Public Ordinary Schools by Grade (1995, 2004 and <strong>2005</strong>) 3<br />

Graph 9: Drop-out Rate : Eastern Cape 2000-2003 3<br />

Graph 10: Percentage Over Age Learners in Public Primary and Secondary Schools 3<br />

Graph 11: Percentage Learners in Grade 12 who are 18 <strong>Year</strong>s Old or Younger 3<br />

Graph 12: Educator Attrition by Age Group 3<br />

Graph 13: Provincial Matric Pass Rates 3<br />

Graph 14: Home Language versus Language <strong>of</strong> Institution for Eastern Cape Learners 2004 3<br />

59<br />

61<br />

62<br />

66<br />

68<br />

69<br />

76<br />

77<br />

80<br />

81<br />

81<br />

87<br />

88<br />

89<br />

LIST OF MAPS:<br />

Map 1: Population Density Distribution in the Province based on the 2001 Census data 3<br />

Map 2: Average Population Density Distribution per <strong>Education</strong> District 3<br />

Map 3: Socio-Economic Deprivation in the Eastern Cape by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001 3<br />

Map 4: Learner : Educator Ration per District 2004 3<br />

Map 5: Learner : Classroom Ratios per District 2004<br />

Map 6: <strong>Education</strong>al Districts 3<br />

64<br />

67<br />

71<br />

84<br />

86<br />

95<br />

LIST OF FIGURES:<br />

Figure 1: EC DoE Organogram approved in January 20<strong>06</strong> 3<br />

96<br />

iv<br />

vi


ACRONYMS<br />

c o n t e n t s<br />

ABET<br />

BAS<br />

CASS<br />

DBST<br />

DDG<br />

DFID<br />

Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Basic Accounting System<br />

Continuous Assessment<br />

District Based Support Team<br />

Deputy Director General<br />

<strong>Department</strong> for International Development (United Kingdom)<br />

eAdministration Electronic Administration<br />

EAP<br />

Employees Assistance Programme<br />

ECD<br />

Early Childhood Development<br />

ECDoE<br />

Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

EDC<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Development Centre<br />

EDO<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Development Officer<br />

e<strong>Education</strong> Electronic <strong>Education</strong><br />

EFMS<br />

Electronic Facilities Management System<br />

eLearning<br />

Electronic Learning<br />

EMIS<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Management Information System<br />

EPWP<br />

Expanded Public Works Programme<br />

ETDP-SETA <strong>Education</strong>, Training and Development Practices – Sector <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Authority<br />

FET<br />

Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

FETC Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Certificate (at Grade 12)<br />

FETIs<br />

Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Institutions<br />

GET<br />

General <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

GETC<br />

General <strong>Education</strong> and Training Certificate<br />

Grade R Reception Grade in the year before Grade 1<br />

GTZ<br />

Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Techische Zusammenarbeit<br />

HEIs<br />

Higher <strong>Education</strong> Institutions<br />

HOD<br />

Head <strong>of</strong> <strong>Department</strong><br />

HRD<br />

Human Resource Development<br />

HRM<br />

Human Resource Management<br />

ICT<br />

Information and Communications Technology<br />

IDP<br />

Integrated Development <strong>Plan</strong><br />

IMET<br />

Inter -Sectoral Monitoring & Evaluation Team<br />

IMT<br />

Interim Management Team<br />

INSET<br />

In-Service Training<br />

IQMS<br />

Integrated Quality Management System<br />

JMT<br />

Joint Management Team<br />

Logis<br />

Logistics Information System<br />

LoLT<br />

Language <strong>of</strong> Learning and Teaching<br />

LSEN<br />

Learners with Special <strong>Education</strong>al Needs<br />

LTSM<br />

Learning and Teaching Support Material<br />

MEC<br />

Member <strong>of</strong> the Executive Council<br />

v<br />

vii


MIP<br />

Matric Intervention Programme<br />

MTEF<br />

Medium Term Expenditure Framework<br />

NATED<br />

National <strong>Education</strong><br />

NCS<br />

National Curriculum Statement<br />

NDOE<br />

National <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

NEPA<br />

National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act<br />

NGOs<br />

Non-Governmental Organizations<br />

OBE<br />

Outcomes Based <strong>Education</strong><br />

PDEs<br />

Provincial <strong>Department</strong>s <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

Persal<br />

Personnel and Salary System<br />

PFMA<br />

Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999), as amended<br />

PGDP<br />

Provincial Growth and Development <strong>Plan</strong><br />

PRESET<br />

Pre-Service Training<br />

PSA Public Service Act, 1994<br />

RNCS<br />

Revised National Curriculum Statement<br />

RPL<br />

Recognition <strong>of</strong> Prior Learning<br />

SAEF<br />

South African Excellence Foundation<br />

SAMDI<br />

South African Management Development Institute<br />

SASA South African Schools Act (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />

SCM<br />

Supply Chain Management<br />

SETA<br />

Sector <strong>Education</strong> and Training Authority<br />

SG<br />

Superintendent General<br />

SGB<br />

School Governing Body<br />

SMT<br />

School Management Team<br />

SNP<br />

School Nutrition Programme<br />

WSE<br />

Whole School Evaluation<br />

vi<br />

viii


c o n t e n t s<br />

e a s t e r n c a p e d e p a r t m e n t o f<br />

EDUCATION<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 11


PART A: STRATEGIC OVERVIEW<br />

1. OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC PLAN<br />

The mandate for education in the Province is enshrined in the legislation <strong>of</strong> the country.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> must deliver on providing quality education that could<br />

easily be accessed by all citizens for the duration <strong>of</strong> their lifetime; it must produce good<br />

citizens and the human resources that are needed for development; it must deliver<br />

services to its clients in an efficient, effective and reliable manner; and it must be a<br />

contributing and productive partner in the efforts <strong>of</strong> the nation to deal with the<br />

development and transformational challenges that are now faced by a new<br />

developmental state. This mandate is as extensive as it is daunting, and as challenging<br />

as it is stimulating. The <strong>Department</strong> must, however, rise to the challenge. In doing so, it<br />

cannot overlook the realities <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape Province in general, and the scope,<br />

issues and challenges which define the field <strong>of</strong> play in the education arena. While the<br />

possibilities are endless, the scope <strong>of</strong> education is extensive, the issues it bears are<br />

complex and the challenges it generates sometimes insurmountable. But these<br />

challenges cannot be ignored. They impact greatly upon people individually and publicly<br />

because <strong>of</strong> their deep roots in history, and because <strong>of</strong> the indelible effects this history<br />

has made on the spirits <strong>of</strong> our people and the viability <strong>of</strong> the organizations through which<br />

they are publicly served.<br />

Statistics South Africa estimated the population <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape at 7,088,547 in<br />

June 2004. This represents 14% <strong>of</strong> the national population. Based on the results <strong>of</strong> the<br />

2001 census, 63.6% <strong>of</strong> households live in poverty, 36.5% have no more than a primary<br />

school education, and the unemployment rate is 53.7%. In fact, 50% <strong>of</strong> the population in<br />

the Eastern Cape is estimated as illiterate. The human development index ranges<br />

between a high <strong>of</strong> 0.66 in the Nelson Mandela Metropole and a low <strong>of</strong> 0.45 in the OR<br />

Tambo District which falls entirely within the Transkei. The socio-economic pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Eastern Cape is set out in the Provincial Growth and Development <strong>Plan</strong> (PGDP).<br />

Provincial statistics reveal a state <strong>of</strong> poverty, disadvantagement and pain. Both the<br />

statistics and the public experience <strong>of</strong> the Province bear the effects <strong>of</strong> a legacy <strong>of</strong><br />

apartheid. In spite <strong>of</strong> the significant efforts made by the <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong> and<br />

other <strong>Department</strong>s in the Province, there is still so much to accomplish to restore and<br />

renew the lives and circumstances <strong>of</strong> people.<br />

The Eastern Cape is the largest Provincial <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong> in terms <strong>of</strong> the number<br />

<strong>of</strong> schools to be administered, and the second largest, behind KwaZulu Natal, in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

the number <strong>of</strong> educators and learners. The information in paragraph 6.1 shows that, in<br />

spite <strong>of</strong> its efforts and successes over the last 10 years, the <strong>Department</strong> still has not fully<br />

accomplished its mandate <strong>of</strong> changing the lives <strong>of</strong> citizens and enriching the welfare <strong>of</strong><br />

communities through education. Conditions <strong>of</strong> disadvantagement and inequity still exist<br />

in the education system, the under-performance <strong>of</strong> the system continues, and the<br />

contribution <strong>of</strong> the educational enterprise to the development and transformation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Province is still not properly orchestrated. <strong>Education</strong> as a partner in transformation<br />

remains outside <strong>of</strong> the development dynamics <strong>of</strong> the Province.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong>’s strategic plan focuses on improving the environment in which the core<br />

business <strong>of</strong> effective teaching and learning can take place. The <strong>Department</strong> has<br />

reviewed and restructured its organogram to streamline the administrative service<br />

delivery processes, and allow the pr<strong>of</strong>essional staff to concentrate on providing teaching<br />

and learning in the schools. The <strong>Department</strong> will continue its agenda on the<br />

improvement <strong>of</strong> management basics in order to promote service excellence that will<br />

advantage the learner, our principal client. In this context, the <strong>Department</strong> increasingly<br />

focuses on an anchor programme, the whole school development for total learner<br />

performance improvement, to which all initiatives and activities must respond.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 1<br />

Page 1


Gradually, this strategy refocuses our staff, and encourages them to challenge the<br />

existing paradigms.<br />

Through the establishment <strong>of</strong> a risk management strategy, it is anticipated that<br />

constraints and risks which could potentially affect the achievement <strong>of</strong> the strategic goals<br />

and objectives, will be managed through governance, risk and control processes.<br />

c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />

2. VISION<br />

Our vision is to <strong>of</strong>fer a quality public education and training system that transforms<br />

schools into centres <strong>of</strong> community life and promotes shared moral values, good<br />

governance and sustainable development.<br />

3. MISSION<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> strives to provide quality education for sustainable<br />

development by:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Providing socially relevant and economically responsive programmes that address<br />

the human resource needs <strong>of</strong> the province and the country.<br />

Enhancing the skills base for agrarian transformation, manufacturing diversification<br />

and tourism in order to meet the needs <strong>of</strong> the second economy.<br />

Providing quality programmes to build the capacity <strong>of</strong> all employees.<br />

Encouraging participatory decision-making processes which strive to empower the<br />

whole community at all levels.<br />

4. VALUES<br />

The vision and mission are supported by the following values, which are based upon<br />

section 195 <strong>of</strong> the Constitution (Act No. 108 <strong>of</strong> 1996) and the Batho Pele principles:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Continuous improvement towards excellence in the standards <strong>of</strong> performance and<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism through our work ethos.<br />

Mutual trust, respect and moral values that promote human dignity as reflected in<br />

the concept <strong>of</strong> ubuntu.<br />

Participatory processes in policy making.<br />

Public administration that promotes sustainable development.<br />

The provision <strong>of</strong> value for money and accountability to the people <strong>of</strong> the province in<br />

line with the Constitution and the Bill <strong>of</strong> Rights.<br />

Transparency, equity and redress through the provision <strong>of</strong> timely, accessible and<br />

accurate information.<br />

Good human resource management and career-development practices for all<br />

employees to maximise human potential.<br />

5. SERVICE STANDARDS<br />

A Central component <strong>of</strong> any strategy to improve service delivery is rigorous service<br />

standards which relay to citizens the commitment <strong>of</strong> the Public Service to deliver quality<br />

services and against which government performance can be measured. In essence a<br />

service standard is a criterion adopted by a department defining how it should behave<br />

towards its citizens.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6) Page 2<br />

Page 2


Government departments are obliged to develop service standards, as stipulated in the<br />

Public Service Regulations, 2001, the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA), 1999,<br />

as amended and the Promotion <strong>of</strong> Administrative Justice Act, 2000 ( Act No. 3 <strong>of</strong> 2000).<br />

The Batho Pele (People First) or Transforming Public Service Delivery White Paper<br />

(Government Gazette No. 1459 <strong>of</strong> 1 October 1997) which states as one <strong>of</strong> its 8<br />

principles “Citizens should be told what level and quality <strong>of</strong> public services they will<br />

receive so that they are aware <strong>of</strong> what to expect”<br />

The Public Service Commission Report on the status <strong>of</strong> service standards found that<br />

whilst the political will exist to deliver high quality services, the absence <strong>of</strong> standards that<br />

promote and set out best practice has resulted in poor service delivery. As a result, the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> Public Service & Administration, in conjunction with the Office <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Premier has initiated a process, across all sectors, to improve service delivery within the<br />

various provincial departments to develop the required capacity in order to compile their<br />

own service standards and measure delivery against these on an ongoing basis.<br />

The first phase requires that all departments develop and agree upon 6 – 8 critical<br />

service standards that they wish to prioritize. These will be showcased to other<br />

departments as a peer learning opportunity and a monitoring system will be set in place<br />

to measure progress against the service standards. In addition, the means to<br />

communicate the service standards to citizens will also be explored. In this way,<br />

departments will be mentored and coached in the process <strong>of</strong> service standard<br />

development, roll out, monitoring and reporting.<br />

The ECDoE has indicated its commitment to the development <strong>of</strong> standards by including<br />

a Directorate for Quality Promotion and Standards in the new organogram. This has<br />

further been entrenched into the system, by the development <strong>of</strong> a strategic management<br />

framework, which puts standard setting firmly in the centre <strong>of</strong> performance management<br />

and improved service delivery.<br />

The need to develop standards at the strategic level at the outset is high on the agenda<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ECDoE, who has, in conjunction with the Pytron Consortium developed blueprints<br />

for best practice that will surely support the development <strong>of</strong> standards on the corporate<br />

side. Furthermore, the Imbewu II Programme has over the past two years, funded a<br />

comprehensive evaluation programme which through the commissioning <strong>of</strong> 25<br />

evaluation studies, has highlighted the service delivery and programme performance<br />

gaps and risk areas on the education services side. The findings and recommendations<br />

from these studies will form the basis for not only the development <strong>of</strong> policy, but also the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> appropriate service standards at the strategic, organizational and<br />

operational levels <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />

The ECDoE has adopted a practical process towards achieving relevant and critical<br />

standards that are backed up by legislation.<br />

In this respect the <strong>Department</strong> is committed to the following process:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Know your business<br />

Consult with target group / stakeholders<br />

Set customer-sensitive service standards<br />

Empower and train staff to support and maintain<br />

Communicate service standards and performance measures to customers<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 3<br />

Page 3


6. SECTORAL SITUATION ANALYSIS<br />

6.1 Summary <strong>of</strong> Service Delivery Environment and Challenges<br />

According to the EMIS statistics compiled in the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong>, the Provincial<br />

education system in <strong>2005</strong> comprised 6,304 public schools. Of these, 880 are High<br />

schools, 2,553 Combined or Junior Secondary Schools; 2,593 Primary schools; 42<br />

schools for Learners with Special <strong>Education</strong>al Needs (LSEN); and 236 State subsidized<br />

Early Childhood Development (ECD) centres, with many more <strong>of</strong> these centres being<br />

run as community and private facilities. The same data revealed that there were<br />

2,184,103 learners in public ordinary schools in <strong>2005</strong>. Of these, 104,929 were preprimary<br />

learners in grade R and 7,466 were learners in public ordinary schools with<br />

special educational needs. There were a further 9,072 learners in special schools.<br />

The same statistics show that there were 62,765 educators in public ordinary schools in<br />

<strong>2005</strong>, <strong>of</strong> which 18,445 were in primary schools, 13,850 were in secondary schools and<br />

30,470 were in high schools. There were 842 educators in special schools.<br />

In-spite <strong>of</strong> significant progress, there are still major backlogs in school infrastructure. In<br />

<strong>2005</strong>, 2,608 schools (41%) did not have electricity and 1,888 schools (29%) did not have<br />

pipe-borne water. In the same year, 939 schools (14.8%) were identified as mud<br />

structures needing replacement. Most <strong>of</strong> these schools are in the former Transkei.<br />

School performance in terms <strong>of</strong> internal efficiency and academic success is less than<br />

desirable. In 2004 the average repetition rate was 9%, and exceeded 20% at the senior<br />

grades (grades 10-12) in many <strong>of</strong> the most disadvantaged Districts. Appropriately-aged<br />

enrolment averaged only 31%, with over-aged enrolment particularly high, averaging<br />

50%. The school participation rate for designated age cohorts is well below 100% and<br />

decreases significantly at the higher grades. The matric pass rate for the Province has<br />

been consistently low, with the lowest pass rate <strong>of</strong> any Province in <strong>2005</strong>. These results<br />

are not without their reasons, and the true account <strong>of</strong> the factors that give rise to these<br />

circumstances are generally hidden and not subject to public discourse. An analysis <strong>of</strong><br />

this and other available information, however, reveals a picture <strong>of</strong> inequity,<br />

disadvantagement, and under-resourcing; and it highlights the effects <strong>of</strong> poverty, history<br />

and marginalization on the performance <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> in the Province.<br />

There are 8 FET Colleges in the Province which, in 2004, had a headcount enrolment <strong>of</strong><br />

34,854 with 845 educators. There are also 4 Higher <strong>Education</strong> Institutions (HEIs) in the<br />

Province with a headcount enrolment <strong>of</strong> 64,641 in 2004. However progression from high<br />

schools to further and higher education is very low. In 2002 for example, 34,<strong>06</strong>9 <strong>of</strong> the<br />

65,661 grade 12 learners passed matric (52%), 5,249 with an exemption enabling them<br />

to enter higher education. But only 5,451 learners entered a HEI and 1,703 entered an<br />

FET college the next year. This meant that only 21% <strong>of</strong> learners were able to enter<br />

formal further or higher education in fact did so. This problem is compounded when one<br />

examines the throughput <strong>of</strong> the higher education system. In 2000, the drop out rate from<br />

Provincial HEIs was 20% in the first year, with only 15% <strong>of</strong> the designated year group<br />

graduating after four years. A significant number <strong>of</strong> learners from disadvantaged groups<br />

cannot complete their studies because <strong>of</strong> financial reasons.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> is committed to rolling out its service delivery model articulated in<br />

previous plans by establishing fully serviced District Offices, and the focus has shifted to<br />

ensuring that District Offices are adequately resourced and capacitated. Fully functional<br />

district <strong>of</strong>fices will take services closer to the public and be a more efficient and effective<br />

service delivery model. All programmes are subjected to quality assurance processes to<br />

ensure that they benefit the <strong>Department</strong>’s clients, especially learners and community<br />

members. There is a great need for adequate financial, human and physical resources<br />

to enable the <strong>Department</strong> to deliver on its mandate. The challenge is to manage the<br />

available resources more effectively and efficiently.<br />

c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6) Page 4<br />

Page 4


In its quest to deliver exemplary service to all its clients – both internal and external – the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong>, like all other departments within the public sector, is<br />

continuously striving to inculcate the principles <strong>of</strong> Batho Pele (People First) into the<br />

thinking <strong>of</strong> staff and to ensure that it becomes an integral part <strong>of</strong> service delivery.<br />

6.2 Summary <strong>of</strong> Organisational Environment and Challenges<br />

In <strong>2005</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> again reviewed its organizational structure in order to ensure<br />

alignment with the new five-year <strong>Department</strong>al <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>. A revised organogram<br />

was approved by the MEC in January 20<strong>06</strong>, and is in the process <strong>of</strong> being implemented.<br />

This will strengthen delivery capacity in the Districts and Head Office.<br />

Due to budgetary constraints and lengthy administrative processes many senior<br />

management posts have only been filled from 1 June <strong>2005</strong>, including senior managers<br />

to support the FET College Chief Executive Officers. This will be followed by Deputy and<br />

Assistant Director, Chief and Deputy <strong>Education</strong> Specialist, Curriculum Advisor, Secretary<br />

and other administrative posts.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> has absorbed surplus staff from Teacher Training Colleges into existing<br />

vacancies.<br />

7. LEGISLATIVE AND OTHER MANDATES<br />

7.1 General Mandate <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong><br />

The broad mandate <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> is to provide for basic education in the Province<br />

and to adopt reasonable measures to progressively provide access to further education.<br />

At national level this mandate is governed primarily by:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The Constitution <strong>of</strong> the Republic <strong>of</strong> South Africa Act, 1996 (Act No. 108 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996) which provides for the constitutional right to education;<br />

The National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, 1996 (Act No. 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996) which provides for<br />

the determination <strong>of</strong> national education policy by the Minister <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong>;<br />

The South African Schools Act, 1996 (Act No. 84 <strong>of</strong> 1996) which caters for the<br />

needs <strong>of</strong> those learners who are located in schools within the compulsory band;<br />

The Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 1998 (Act No. 98 <strong>of</strong> 1998) which<br />

focuses on the needs <strong>of</strong> those learners who wish to pursue ongoing learning<br />

activities;<br />

The Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 200 (Act No. 52 <strong>of</strong> 2000), which<br />

promotes lifelong learning through the provision <strong>of</strong> continuous learning activities for<br />

adults;<br />

The Employment <strong>of</strong> Educators Act, 1998 (Act No. 76 <strong>of</strong> 1998) and the Public<br />

Service Act, 1994 (Proclamation No. 103 <strong>of</strong> 1994), which determine the conditions<br />

<strong>of</strong> service, discipline, retirement and discharge <strong>of</strong> educators and administrative staff<br />

in the Province; and<br />

The General and Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Quality Assurance Act, 2001<br />

(Act No. 58 <strong>of</strong> 2001), which provides for quality assurance in general and further<br />

education and training, norms and standards for curriculum and assessment and the<br />

issuing <strong>of</strong> certificates at exit points from the general and further education bands <strong>of</strong><br />

the National Qualifications Framework established under the South African<br />

Qualifications Authority Act, 1995 (Act No. 58 <strong>of</strong> 1995).<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 5<br />

Page 5


Key national policy frameworks are provided in respect <strong>of</strong> the needs <strong>of</strong> children<br />

before their formal entry into the basic schooling phase (Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong>)<br />

and the needs <strong>of</strong> learners who have special needs by <strong>Education</strong> White Paper 5 on<br />

Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong> (May 2001) and <strong>Education</strong> White Paper 6 on Special<br />

Needs <strong>Education</strong> – Building an Inclusive <strong>Education</strong> and Training System (July<br />

2001).<br />

Curriculum <strong>2005</strong> (C<strong>2005</strong>) governs curriculum in the Province, embodying the vision<br />

for general education to move away from a racist, apartheid, rote model <strong>of</strong> learning<br />

and teaching, to a liberating, nation-building and learner-centred outcomes-based<br />

initiative. In line with training strategies, the reformulation <strong>of</strong> the curriculum is<br />

intended to allow greater mobility between different levels and between institutional<br />

sites, and to promote the integration <strong>of</strong> knowledge and skills through learning<br />

pathways. Its assessment, qualifications, competency and skills-based framework<br />

encourages the development <strong>of</strong> curriculum models which are aligned to the National<br />

Qualifications Framework in theory and practice.<br />

c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />

7.2 Constitutional Mandate<br />

The Constitution provides for the constitutional right to education and the overall<br />

framework for the delivery <strong>of</strong> education to the people <strong>of</strong> South Africa. The key provisions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Constitution that impact on delivery by provincial education departments are<br />

located in section 29 (Chapter 2) <strong>of</strong> the Bill <strong>of</strong> Rights, which reflects that:<br />

“Everyone has the right –<br />

(a) to a basic education, including adult basic education; and<br />

(b) to further education, which the state through reasonable measures must make<br />

progressively available and accessible”.<br />

The Constitution provides that education at all levels (excluding tertiary education) is a<br />

matter <strong>of</strong> concurrent or shared legislative competence between national and provincial<br />

government. It empowers provinces to pass laws on education and provides a<br />

framework to resolve any conflicts that may arise between national and provincial laws.<br />

7.3 National Legislative Mandate<br />

The National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, 1996 provides the basic framework for the national<br />

Minister <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> to determine national educational policies, to monitor the<br />

implementation <strong>of</strong> these policies and to evaluate the general well being <strong>of</strong> the<br />

educational system. The Act provides the Minister with significant functions and<br />

responsibilities in terms <strong>of</strong> the overall oversight <strong>of</strong> the education system nationally.<br />

The South African Schools Act, 1996 provides the broad framework for the provision<br />

<strong>of</strong> general education to the children <strong>of</strong> South Africa. This law broadly encompasses the<br />

organization, funding and governance framework for all schools in South Africa and<br />

authorizes the Member <strong>of</strong> the Executive Council responsible for education in the<br />

Province and the Head <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> to exercise far-reaching powers and perform a<br />

range <strong>of</strong> essential functions in education.<br />

The Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 1998 requires the Province to provide for the<br />

establishment, governance and funding <strong>of</strong> public further education and training<br />

institutions. This responsibility extends to monitoring and supporting these institutions.<br />

The Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 2000 has as its objectives developing<br />

support systems for a curriculum framework to equip learners with functional numeracy,<br />

literacy, language and communication skills and coordinating the development and<br />

implementation <strong>of</strong> quality assurance standards in relation to national standards and the<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6).doc Page 6


National Qualifications Framework. Some <strong>of</strong> the programmes included in the strategy<br />

are teacher development programmes, literacy and numeracy and curriculum reform.<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the major challenges confronting the <strong>Department</strong> is the reduction <strong>of</strong> adult<br />

illiteracy through the mobilization <strong>of</strong> ABET structures and systems, and the<br />

establishment <strong>of</strong> a reliable learner and teacher database.<br />

The General and Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Quality Assurance Act, 2001<br />

provides for establishing a quality assurance body to ensure that continuous<br />

enhancement <strong>of</strong> quality is achieved in the delivery and outcomes <strong>of</strong> the general and<br />

further education and training sectors <strong>of</strong> the national education and training system and<br />

developing a quality assurance framework for the general and further education bands <strong>of</strong><br />

the National Qualifications Framework. The <strong>Department</strong> is a public provider for purposes<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Act, authorizing it to deliver learning programmes and to manage the assessment<br />

<strong>of</strong> such programmes at public schools, public further education and training institutions<br />

and public adult learning centres.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> employs educators and administrative staff in the Province in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

the Employment <strong>of</strong> Educators Act, 1998 and the Public Service Act, 1994. These<br />

Acts govern the employment and human resource relationship between the <strong>Department</strong><br />

and its employees, determining conditions <strong>of</strong> service, discipline, retirement and<br />

discharge.<br />

7.4 Provincial Legislative Mandate<br />

The Eastern Cape Province has passed the Eastern Cape Schools <strong>Education</strong> Act,<br />

1999 (Act No 10, 1999) which builds on the South African Schools Act, 1966<br />

providing further for the organization, governance and funding <strong>of</strong> schools in the<br />

Province. It also provides for the Eastern Cape <strong>Education</strong> Advisory Council, consisting <strong>of</strong><br />

a range <strong>of</strong> stakeholders in education in the Province and for the determination <strong>of</strong><br />

provincial education policy.<br />

The <strong>Education</strong> Laws Amendment (Conduct <strong>of</strong> Matriculation Examinations) Act,<br />

1995 provides for the conduct <strong>of</strong> senior certificate examinations in the Province. It<br />

provides for an examination board and for regulations governing the conduct <strong>of</strong> exams,<br />

the enrolment and discipline <strong>of</strong> learners in exams, the appointment, powers and<br />

functions <strong>of</strong> examiners, moderators and invigilators, the issuing <strong>of</strong> certificates and the<br />

handling <strong>of</strong> inquiries into and irregularities in the conduct <strong>of</strong> exams.<br />

7.5 Good Governance Mandate<br />

The Constitution provides the basic values and principles governing the public<br />

administration in general, including the <strong>Department</strong>. These principles include:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

A high standard <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional ethics must be promoted and maintained;<br />

Efficient, economic and effective use <strong>of</strong> resources must be promoted;<br />

Public administration must be development oriented;<br />

Services must be provided impartially, fairly, equitably and without bias;<br />

People’s needs must be responded to, and the public must be encouraged to<br />

participate in policy-making;<br />

Transparency must be fostered by providing the public with timely, accessible and<br />

accurate information;<br />

Good human resource management and career development practices, to maximize<br />

human potential, must be cultivated;<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page Page 7 7


Public administration must be broadly representative <strong>of</strong> the South African people,<br />

with employment and personnel management practices based on ability, objectivity,<br />

fairness, and the need to address the imbalances <strong>of</strong> the past to achieve broad<br />

representation.<br />

The White Paper on Transforming Public Service Delivery (Batho Pele) (General<br />

Notice 18340 <strong>of</strong> 1 October 1997) promotes transformation in government. It is based<br />

on eight transformation principles. The <strong>Department</strong> has recognized that transforming its<br />

service delivery is key to guaranteeing the basic needs <strong>of</strong> citizens and, as such, aims to<br />

be more effective by improving its service delivery programmes. These principles are: 1.<br />

consulting users <strong>of</strong> services; 2. setting service standards; 3. increasing access; 4.<br />

ensuring courtesy; 5. providing more and better information; 6. increasing openness and<br />

transparency; 7. remedying mistakes and failures; and 8. getting the best possible value<br />

for money.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> is bound by the provisions <strong>of</strong> the Public Finance Management Act,<br />

1999 (Act No. 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999) to ensure that all revenue, expenditure, assets and liabilities<br />

are managed efficiently and effectively. The Act requires that good public finance<br />

management principles are incorporated into the <strong>Department</strong>’s business plans, that<br />

annual budgets are compiled and managed and that financial systems, risk management<br />

and internal controls are in place and are transparent.<br />

The Promotion <strong>of</strong> Access to Information Act, 2000 (Act No. 2 <strong>of</strong> 2000) requires the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> to provide access to information that it holds if requested by any person or<br />

organization. The Act gives effect to section 32(1)(a) <strong>of</strong> the Constitution which states that<br />

everyone has the right <strong>of</strong> access to any information held by the State, and section 32<br />

(1)(b) which provides for the right <strong>of</strong> access to information held by any other person<br />

when that information is required for the exercise or protection <strong>of</strong> rights.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> is also subject to the Promotion <strong>of</strong> Administrative Justice Act, 2000<br />

(Act No. 3 <strong>of</strong> 2000) which provides that everyone has the right to administrative action<br />

that is lawful, reasonable and procedurally fair, and that anyone whose rights have been<br />

adversely affected by administrative action may require written reasons for the action.<br />

The Act also provides for the judicial review <strong>of</strong> administrative acts by the courts.<br />

7.6 Electronic <strong>Education</strong> and Communications<br />

The Electronic Communications and Transactions Act, 2002 (Act No. 25 <strong>of</strong> 2002)<br />

provides for the facilitation and regulation <strong>of</strong> electronic communications and<br />

transactions; the development <strong>of</strong> a national e-strategy; universal access to electronic<br />

communications and transactions; human resource development in electronic<br />

transactions; the prevention <strong>of</strong> abuse <strong>of</strong> information systems; and to encourage the use<br />

<strong>of</strong> e-government services. This is an important law for the <strong>Department</strong> and for<br />

educational institutions and requires access to and training in the use <strong>of</strong> computers.<br />

The Draft White Paper on e-<strong>Education</strong>, August 2003 provides an overall policy goal to<br />

the effect that “Every South African learner in the general and further education and<br />

training bands will be ICT capable (that is, use Information and Communications<br />

Technology (ICT) confidently and creatively) by 2013”. Policy imperatives in this regard<br />

are set out under the following strategic objectives:<br />

c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

ICT pr<strong>of</strong>essional development <strong>of</strong> teachers, managers and administrators;<br />

Electronic content resources for teaching and learning;<br />

ICT infrastructure;<br />

Connectivity to an educational network and the Internet;<br />

Community engagement to share the resources with the wider community;<br />

Research and development into new technologies, methodologies and techniques.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6).doc Page 8


This policy will have a major impact on teaching, learning and administration in schools<br />

over the next 10 years.<br />

8. BROAD POLICIES, PRIORITIES, STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

The goals, objectives and priorities <strong>of</strong> the strategic plan have been derived from a review<br />

<strong>of</strong> the legislative and policy framework governing education both nationally and in the<br />

Province, and from the development focus and transformational agenda <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Department</strong>. The <strong>Department</strong> has conducted a detailed analysis <strong>of</strong> its circumstances<br />

and challenges, both historically and currently, and has, as a result, isolated areas <strong>of</strong><br />

focus for the enhancement <strong>of</strong> its performance and the promotion <strong>of</strong> a more equitable<br />

dispensation <strong>of</strong> educational services in the Province. Government adopted “Vision 2014”<br />

as part <strong>of</strong> its election manifesto in April 2004. The PGDP and the Transformation<br />

Agenda both cover the ten-year period until 2014. The PGDP takes its cue from<br />

Government’s mandate, including the Medium-Term <strong>Strategic</strong> Framework (MTSF) for<br />

2004 to 2009, whilst the Transformation Agenda is aligned to the PDGP.<br />

8.1 National and Provincial Government Policies and Priorities<br />

8.1.1 Government's mandate, as reflected in the "2004 Manifesto - A People's Contract to<br />

Create Work and Fight Poverty" is based on an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the progress that has<br />

been made in the past 10 years in creating a constitutional democracy, expanding<br />

access to services and opportunities, growing the economy, improving citizens' security<br />

and locating SA within the vanguard <strong>of</strong> global efforts to build a caring and secure world.<br />

Vision 2014 is articulated in the Manifesto: "Guided by the Reconstruction and<br />

Development Programme, our vision is to build a society that is truly united, nonracial,<br />

non-sexist and democratic. Central to this is a single and integrated economy that<br />

benefits all."<br />

8.1.2 The MTSF indicates that Government's strategic priorities, amongst other things, are to<br />

address issues in education such as the recapitalization <strong>of</strong> Further <strong>Education</strong> & Training<br />

(FET) institutions, aligning curricula <strong>of</strong> these and other technical training institutions<br />

with economic needs, other issues relating to the skills training nexus, improving<br />

school performance, ensuring dedicated resources for launching a massive programme<br />

for Early Childhood Development (ECD) as a deliberate human resource investment<br />

(as part <strong>of</strong> the Expanded Public Works Programme), expanding the Primary School<br />

Nutrition Programme, and aligning the National Spatial Development Perspective<br />

(NSDP), Provincial Growth & Development Strategies (PGDSs) and Integrated Local<br />

Development <strong>Plan</strong>s (IDPs) within the next three years to ensure that local plans<br />

correspond to national and provincial economic imperatives. All <strong>of</strong> this should occur<br />

within a new culture <strong>of</strong> partnerships with various sectors <strong>of</strong> society taking root in the way<br />

government operates, informed by the concept <strong>of</strong> a People's Contract.<br />

8.1.3 The PGDP aims to address the high levels <strong>of</strong> poverty, unemployment and illiteracy,<br />

amongst other things, in the Province. This development framework sets, inter alia, the<br />

following targets for the next 10 years:<br />

To maintain an economic growth rate <strong>of</strong> between 5% and 8% per annum;<br />

To reduce by between 60% and 80% the number <strong>of</strong> households living below the<br />

poverty line by 2014;<br />

To establish food self-sufficiency in the Province by 2014;<br />

To ensure universal primary education (UPE) by 2014, with all children proceeding<br />

to the first exit point in secondary education;<br />

To improve the literacy rate in the Province by 50% by 2014;<br />

To eliminate gender disparity in education and employment by 2014; and<br />

To halt and begin to reverse the spread <strong>of</strong> HIV and Aids by 2014.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page Page 9 9


8.1.4 The Transformation Agenda <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> seeks to ensure redress by pursuing a<br />

course <strong>of</strong> development that is responsive to the social and economic circumstances in<br />

communities, the Development Agenda <strong>of</strong> the Province, and the historically derived<br />

pockets <strong>of</strong> inequitable services that still exist in the Province. In this regard, this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the document highlights priorities and presents an outline <strong>of</strong> strategic goals and<br />

objectives. The section also seeks to present a rationale for the identification and<br />

selection <strong>of</strong> each strategic goal in light <strong>of</strong> the vision <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>, the issues that<br />

are currently faced, and the core element <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s Transformation Agenda.<br />

c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />

8.2 <strong>Department</strong>al Priority Areas<br />

The priority areas <strong>of</strong> focus in the <strong>Department</strong> are derived from its emphasis on ensuring<br />

that the organizational systems and policy framework <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> are sufficiently<br />

adequate to streamline and support service delivery; ensuring that each learner has an<br />

equitable opportunity to achieve; and ensuring that the infrastructure for education is<br />

sufficiently adequate to meet the goals and objectives for service delivery.<br />

An analysis <strong>of</strong> the circumstances in the <strong>Department</strong> has revealed that a targeted array <strong>of</strong><br />

critical interventions will provide firm grounding for enhancing educational services and<br />

thus creating a momentum for development and educational achievement. Among the<br />

priority areas for focus are the following:<br />

Amending or replacement <strong>of</strong> the Province’s schools law<br />

Ensuring the establishment and functioning <strong>of</strong> advisory structures in education<br />

Strengthening policy frameworks for learner admissions in Public Schools<br />

Creating effective and efficient systems and policy for managing learner conduct and<br />

disciplinary hearings<br />

Maintaining integrity and efficiency in the conduct <strong>of</strong> examinations and assessments<br />

Creating greater equity and efficiency in the governance, funding and oversight <strong>of</strong><br />

public schools<br />

Establishing greater capacity and more effective policies and systems for the<br />

administration <strong>of</strong> school fees and public school finances including budgets, school<br />

funds, financial statements and school audit reports<br />

Establishing policies and support systems for enhancing the performance <strong>of</strong> learner<br />

representative councils<br />

Enhancing policies, systems and monitoring structures for the registration, funding<br />

and oversight <strong>of</strong> independent schools<br />

Enabling the transformation and responsiveness <strong>of</strong> public Further <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training institutions through proper governance, funding and oversight<br />

Enhancing the effectiveness, efficiency and productivity <strong>of</strong> public adult learning<br />

centres through proper governance, funding and oversight<br />

Enhancing the rationalization <strong>of</strong> schools to enhance the efficiency <strong>of</strong> education and<br />

promote greater equity in the availability <strong>of</strong> curriculum options and quality education<br />

Ensuring the adequacy <strong>of</strong> resources and facilities <strong>of</strong> the proper administration and<br />

delivery <strong>of</strong> education<br />

8.3 <strong>Department</strong>al <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals<br />

In light <strong>of</strong> the analysis <strong>of</strong> circumstances and the priority areas identified, 9 goals were<br />

identified to frame the strategic focus and activities <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>. These strategic<br />

goals form the foundation <strong>of</strong> what the <strong>Department</strong> seeks to accomplish within the<br />

planned period.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6).doc Page 10


The strategic goals are outlined in Table 1. The Table also provides a brief rationale in<br />

support <strong>of</strong> the selection and focus on each strategic goal. The <strong>Department</strong> aims to<br />

pursue the following strategic goals over the next ten years:<br />

Table 1: <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Associated Rationale<br />

No <strong>Strategic</strong> Goal Rationale and Focus<br />

1 Equity in educational achievements<br />

for all learners regardless <strong>of</strong> race,<br />

gender , disability and geographic<br />

location<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

A review <strong>of</strong> the data on performance shows that historical<br />

disadvantagement still affects the level <strong>of</strong> resources that are<br />

available for education in some communities. The effect <strong>of</strong><br />

prosperity and other circumstances <strong>of</strong> the community affects<br />

schools and the performance and advancement <strong>of</strong> learners<br />

2 All school learners equipped with<br />

skills for further employment<br />

(including self-employment), training<br />

and participation in society<br />

3 Improved quality <strong>of</strong> teaching and<br />

learning at all educational levels<br />

throughout the Province<br />

4 Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service<br />

integration at the local level<br />

5 Performance Management<br />

systems and<br />

systems management and processes for<br />

enhanced service delivery<br />

All learners and communities will be resourced to the level that<br />

will produce equity in achievement.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Learners graduating from schools are not equally equipped for<br />

careers and for life. Many do not have a sound and viable basic<br />

education upon which they can build a future. Because <strong>of</strong> poor<br />

subject choices, minimal educational resources and lack <strong>of</strong><br />

guidance and support, many learners are under-educated, underinformed<br />

and ill-equipped for successful futures.<br />

All learners will have a sound basic education and educational<br />

exposure and information upon which they can build careers<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

The quality <strong>of</strong> teaching and learning varies throughout the<br />

Province because <strong>of</strong> the availability and level <strong>of</strong> resources, the<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> teachers and the level <strong>of</strong> parental and community<br />

support. Some learners and communities are disadvantaged<br />

because they do not have access to quality education.<br />

All learners will have a greater opportunity to achieve at a level<br />

that is typical for the more privileged learners in the Province.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Resources at the local level are not maximized for the highest<br />

benefit <strong>of</strong> learners and their communities. Local organizations<br />

and departments, especially in the social sector, must work<br />

together to achieve the welfare <strong>of</strong> learners, their parents and their<br />

communities.<br />

A more integrated approach to education at the local level, where<br />

more local resources are applied to the benefit <strong>of</strong> learners. There<br />

will be a higher level <strong>of</strong> purposeful inter-organizational<br />

collaboration.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Because policies, systems and processes are not sufficiently<br />

streamlined and focused to promote equity and reduce<br />

disadvantagement, inequitable circumstances continue to exist.<br />

The achievement <strong>of</strong> transformational objectives will depend<br />

largely on systems and policies that are supportive.<br />

The adequacy <strong>of</strong> systems will be judged by their ability to<br />

contribute to the realization <strong>of</strong> transformational outcomes<br />

6 Optimal configuration <strong>of</strong> the school As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 11


No <strong>Strategic</strong> Goal Rationale and Focus<br />

system in order to balance access<br />

and efficiency<br />

7 Balanced funding and deployment <strong>of</strong><br />

resources to maximize discretionary<br />

support to strategic priorities<br />

8 Social issues affecting schooling<br />

addressed<br />

9 Adequate physical and institutional<br />

infrastructure to support teaching and<br />

learning at all levels<br />

There are too many small schools in rural areas to maximize<br />

quality and efficiency in education. Students are disadvantaged<br />

by the limited range <strong>of</strong> subject <strong>of</strong>ferings because <strong>of</strong> school<br />

establishments that are too small.<br />

Consolidation <strong>of</strong> schools so that there are larger schools that are<br />

more suitably equipped to deliver quality education.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Current funding formulae and mechanisms do not currently<br />

accommodate for poverty and disadvantagement. Resources<br />

must be proportionally allocated so that the disadvantaged are<br />

able to make gains in acquiring the capacity to deliver effective<br />

educational services.<br />

Funding and resource allocation formula and mechanisms are<br />

structured in a manner that allows disadvantaged schools and<br />

districts to make gains in service delivery improvement.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Learners and educators are first and foremost members <strong>of</strong> their<br />

families whilst the latter constitute the building blocks <strong>of</strong> the<br />

various communities served by schools and other educational<br />

institutions. Families and communities are adversely affected by<br />

various social issues such as poverty, crime, unemployment, HIV<br />

and AIDS etc, which constitutes an integral part <strong>of</strong> their social<br />

reality.<br />

Social issues affecting schooling therefore need to be addressed<br />

to ensure that quality learning and teaching is possible.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Due to historical reasons some schools function without essential<br />

physical infrastructure such as adequate and proper class and<br />

lecture rooms, laboratories, libraries, <strong>of</strong>fice blocks and toilets.<br />

Some schools and colleges are accommodated in mud<br />

structures, derelict buildings, or are without electricity, water and<br />

sanitation.<br />

Essential physical infrastructure is indispensable in order for<br />

effective learning and teaching to take place.<br />

c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />

8.4 <strong>Strategic</strong> Objectives<br />

Each strategic goal is broken down into a designated set <strong>of</strong> strategic objectives as the<br />

first measure for beginning to delineate specific activities to be undertaken within the<br />

planned period. In the process <strong>of</strong> plan development a wide array <strong>of</strong> strategic objectives<br />

were identified for each strategic goal. The number <strong>of</strong> strategic objectives identified<br />

through these processes was excessive, and was perceived to be generally<br />

unmanageable. As a result, strategic objectives were rationalized into the reduced set<br />

<strong>of</strong> objectives that are presented in Table 2. It should be noted, however, that this<br />

rationalization did not compromise the range <strong>of</strong> activities that were considered as<br />

necessary for the implementation <strong>of</strong> the plan. In outlining strategic objectives within their<br />

associated measurable objectives and performance measures, every effort was made to<br />

ensure that critical areas <strong>of</strong> focus are identified and properly specified. In effect, no<br />

aspect <strong>of</strong> the strategic plan deliberation was lost in the rationalization process.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 2120<strong>06</strong> F (6).doc Page Page 12 12


Table 2 : Outline <strong>of</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> Objectives by <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals<br />

NUMBER AND<br />

IDENTIFICATION OF<br />

GOALS and<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 6:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 7:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 8:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />

STATEMENT OF GOALS WITH ASSOCIATED STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES<br />

Equity in educational achievements for all learners regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender,<br />

disability and geographic location<br />

Increased admission, participation, progression and success rates in ECD, GET and<br />

FET including rural learners, girls and LSEN<br />

Targeted and preferential funding to enhance achievement prospects for the most<br />

disadvantaged learners and communities<br />

Improved enrolment, participation and performance in Mathematics, Science and<br />

Technology and Economic Management Sciences, particularly amongst girls and<br />

rural learners<br />

Increased access to and utilization for ICTs also in rural schools, in order to exploit<br />

the transformative equalizing potential <strong>of</strong> e<strong>Education</strong><br />

High quality relevant teaching and learning materials and equipment reach the<br />

poorest schools<br />

All school learners equipped with skills for further employment (including selfemployment),<br />

training and participation in society<br />

Potential <strong>of</strong> GET and FET learners increased for employment and self-employment<br />

through improved skills, especially in Mathematics, science, technology and ICT<br />

School and FET learners with skills in line with economic and social needs through a<br />

relevant and well supported curriculum and well trained teachers<br />

Increased access, throughput and success through quality, relevant learning<br />

programmes in well resourced FET colleges<br />

Potential <strong>of</strong> FET learners increased for employment and self-employment through<br />

improved linkage to key government initiatives and skills training programmes<br />

Improved quality teaching and learning at all educational levels throughout the<br />

Province<br />

Integrated implementation <strong>of</strong> the curriculum coordinated and supported in<br />

accordance with national policies<br />

Developed and supported a pr<strong>of</strong>essional, committed and well trained teaching corps<br />

Teacher utilization and performance improved and managed<br />

A quality foundation for teaching and learning provided and supported through self<br />

managing and well resourced ECD Centres and Schools<br />

Increased literacy and relevant skills through high quality ABET programmes<br />

Access to quality teaching and learning for LSEN in accordance with the policy and<br />

principals <strong>of</strong> inclusive education<br />

Enhanced integration <strong>of</strong> HIV and AIDS and life skills into and across the curriculum<br />

Improved literacy and pr<strong>of</strong>iciency in the language <strong>of</strong> learning and teaching (LoLT)<br />

Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service integration at the local level<br />

Well managed schools with strong community involvement<br />

Effective pr<strong>of</strong>essional support services from EDOs, Subject Advisors and Special<br />

Needs Staff<br />

The range and intensity <strong>of</strong> training and development programmes <strong>of</strong>fered to high<br />

priority head <strong>of</strong>fice and district staff increased, and well articulated, comprehensive<br />

and accredited training programmes available<br />

Well managed education districts with strong links to municipalities and education<br />

stakeholders<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 13


NUMBER AND<br />

IDENTIFICATION OF<br />

GOALS and<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 6:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 5:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 6:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 7:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 6:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 7:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 8:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 9:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

STATEMENT OF GOALS WITH ASSOCIATED STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES<br />

Improved service delivery in education: develop and implement a decentralization<br />

plan in line with the Provincial Decentralization <strong>Plan</strong> (PGDP)<br />

Strengthened coordination and partnerships within the <strong>Department</strong> and with<br />

government, social partners and civil society<br />

Performance management systems and processes for enhanced service<br />

delivery<br />

Strong, locally-based corporate services established in District <strong>of</strong>fices<br />

Effective performance management and accountability processes for all employees<br />

Incentives proved to make rural areas more attractive for educators and other public<br />

servants, e.g. access to housing, land tenure, schooling, etc.<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> role <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> enhanced by making management and<br />

administration systems work effectively<br />

Optimal provisioning and utilization <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />

HIV and AIDS considerations mainstreamed into all policies, programmes and<br />

procedures <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong><br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> management <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> that promotes the transformation agenda<br />

Optimal configuration <strong>of</strong> the school system in order to balance access and<br />

efficiency<br />

Realignment <strong>of</strong> schools to comply with the national phases (Grade 1-7 Primary,<br />

Grade 8-12 secondary)<br />

School construction redirected in order to facilitate reconfiguration<br />

Subsidized scholar transport (including bicycles) and/or accommodation <strong>of</strong> learners,<br />

particularly at secondary level in order to achieve higher enrolments per school<br />

Balanced funding and deployment <strong>of</strong> resources to maximize discretionary<br />

support to strategic priorities<br />

Appropriate determination <strong>of</strong> post-baskets and ensuring that every staff member is<br />

optimally utilized<br />

Closely managed appointment <strong>of</strong> additional staff so that resources can be freed up<br />

for non-personnel expenditure intended to improve quality and service delivery<br />

meeting nationally set targets for personnel : non-personnel expenditure<br />

Carefully targeted additional resources to improve physical facilities, increase supply<br />

<strong>of</strong> teaching and learning resources and equipment to schools, to train, develop and<br />

support existing personnel better, and to implement the norms and standards for<br />

school funding<br />

International and local donor community harnessed as partners in education delivery<br />

and access additional resources<br />

Social issues affecting schooling addressed<br />

Schools and departmental structures and processes established to respond<br />

adequately to the social issues which affect schools and schooling<br />

Collaborative relationships within the school community and social structures to<br />

reinforce the family and to manage social issues which affect schools<br />

A safe and healthy environment and employee wellness in the workplace<br />

A new model developed and introduced for the school nutrition programme which<br />

involves community participation through cooperatives<br />

Care and support for those who are infected or affected by HIV/AIDS<br />

Adequate physical and institutional infrastructure to support teaching and<br />

learning at all levels<br />

Adequate school buildings appropriately placed and conducive to teaching, learning<br />

and administration<br />

c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 2120<strong>06</strong> F (6).doc Page Page 14 14


NUMBER AND<br />

IDENTIFICATION OF<br />

GOALS and<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />

STATEMENT OF GOALS WITH ASSOCIATED STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES<br />

A school environment and facilities that are conducive to effective education, safety,<br />

health, security and environmentally appropriate<br />

Collaboration <strong>of</strong> our school building programme with publicly administered<br />

programmes which deal with poverty, unemployment and other social and economic<br />

challenges in society<br />

FET colleges properly upgraded and recapitalized in order to respond to labour<br />

market needs<br />

<strong>Education</strong> District Offices upgraded to provide adequate space and facilities<br />

8.5 Cross Cutting <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives<br />

In order to be implemented the objectives <strong>of</strong> the strategic plan must be assigned to<br />

specific Directorates within the <strong>Department</strong>, and the appropriate budget and resources<br />

must be allocated for the necessary activities to be undertaken. In some cases,<br />

however, strategic objectives relate to the work <strong>of</strong> many Directorates and functions<br />

within the <strong>Department</strong> and as a result, they are not easily allocated organizationally or in<br />

respect to budgetary programmes. Some <strong>of</strong> these crosscutting objectives are outlined in<br />

Table 3.<br />

Table 3: Cross Cutting <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 6:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 5:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 4:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />

Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service integration at the local level<br />

Well managed schools with strong community involvement<br />

Effective pr<strong>of</strong>essional support services from EDOs, Subject Advisors and Special<br />

Needs Staff<br />

The range and intensity <strong>of</strong> training and development programmes <strong>of</strong>fered to high<br />

priority head <strong>of</strong>fice and district staff increased, and well articulated, comprehensive<br />

and accredited training programmes available<br />

Well managed education districts with strong links to municipalities and education<br />

stakeholders<br />

Improved service delivery in education: develop and implement a decentralization<br />

plan in line with the Provincial Decentralization <strong>Plan</strong> (PGDP)<br />

Strengthened coordination and partnerships within the <strong>Department</strong> and with<br />

government, social partners and civil society<br />

Performance management systems and processes for enhanced service<br />

delivery<br />

Effective accountability and performance management processes for staff<br />

Incentives proved to make rural areas more attractive for educators and other public<br />

servants, e.g. access to housing, land tenure, schooling, etc.<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> role <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> enhanced by making management and<br />

administration systems work effectively<br />

Optimal provisioning and utilization <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 15 15


<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 6:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 7:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 8:<br />

HIV and AIDS considerations mainstreamed into all policies, programmes and<br />

procedures <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong><br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> management <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> that promotes the transformation agenda<br />

Social issues affecting schooling addressed<br />

c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 1:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 5:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 9:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 2:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Objective 3:<br />

Schools and departmental structures and processes established to respond<br />

adequately to the social issues which affect schools and schooling<br />

Collaborative relationships within the school community and social structures to<br />

reinforce the family and to manage social issues which affect schools<br />

A safe and healthy environment and employee wellness in the workplace<br />

Care and support for those who are infected or affected by HIV/AIDS<br />

Adequate physical and institutional infrastructure to support teaching and<br />

learning at all levels<br />

A school environment and facilities that are conducive to effective education, safety,<br />

health, security and environmentally appropriate<br />

Collaboration <strong>of</strong> our school building programme with publicly administered<br />

programmes which deal with poverty, unemployment and other social and economic<br />

challenges in society<br />

8.6 Monitoring and Evaluation<br />

The measurement <strong>of</strong> progress in the attainment <strong>of</strong> these goals and objectives will<br />

require policy change and formulation and the development and maintenance <strong>of</strong> a<br />

planning, evaluation, monitoring and research component within the <strong>Department</strong>. The<br />

support and upgrade <strong>of</strong> the EMIS section will ensure a strong and reliable data source is<br />

available to track and support the transformation process.<br />

9. INFORMATION SYSTEMS TO MONITOR PROGRESS<br />

Information systems to monitor progress are divided into three main components –<br />

financial information systems, operational information systems and information reporting<br />

systems. All these systems are computerised. But, in addition to the computerised<br />

information that is made available through these well established and routine IT systems<br />

in Government, the <strong>Department</strong> has put in place its own structures for research<br />

monitoring, evaluation and reporting. Together these systems and structures constitute<br />

the basic facilities for monitoring progress. Each is reviewed briefly below.<br />

9.1 Financial Information Systems<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> operates the National Treasury’s transversal systems <strong>of</strong> Persal, BAS<br />

and Logis systems for personnel and salary administration, accounting, and ordering<br />

and stores management. The Logis and BAS systems now have an interface, which<br />

means that transaction information initiated in the Logis system is transferred directly to<br />

the BAS system without the need for again capturing the data. Logis is now a web-based<br />

system. An interface also operates between the Persal and BAS systems.<br />

5 5 <strong>Year</strong> <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F 20<strong>06</strong> (6).doc Page 16 Page 16


9.2 Operational Information Systems<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> makes use <strong>of</strong> the transversal Examinations system to administer<br />

examination results.<br />

In relation to financial performance, the <strong>Department</strong> established a monthly process<br />

whereby all managers are required to present an analysis <strong>of</strong> expenditure to date against<br />

operational plan targets and projected cash flows at the Financial Committee.<br />

This process results in a report with recommendations to each manager in the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> on how to address deviations and other compliance issues. Underpinning<br />

this process are the principles outlined in the PFMA.<br />

On a quarterly basis, all senior managers meet to review programme performance which<br />

is based on their quarterly programme reports in relation to operational and strategic<br />

targets and financial data from BAS.<br />

9.3 Information Reporting Systems<br />

A provincially developed system called the Electronic Facilities Management System<br />

(EFMS) provides useful information on every school in the province. This database has<br />

five modules consisting <strong>of</strong>:<br />

1. Programme management;<br />

2. Property register showing the location <strong>of</strong> each school;<br />

3. Facilities management module which deals with projects for new schools or<br />

additional classrooms;<br />

4. Maintenance planning, which enables maintenance and rehabilitation projects to be defined;<br />

5. Property management.<br />

The transversal <strong>Education</strong> Management Information System (EMIS) is used for a range<br />

<strong>of</strong> statistics collected annually on the demographics and other indicators <strong>of</strong> learners,<br />

educators, classrooms and schools.<br />

The National Treasury’s Vulindlela system provides management information from the<br />

Persal and BAS systems in an easy-to-use, web-based format. Table 4 provides<br />

information on who monitors which responsible manager and identifies the mechanisms<br />

used to carry out this monitoring.<br />

Table 4: Responsible Managers, Monitoring Agency and Monitoring Mechanisms<br />

Responsible<br />

Manager<br />

Monitoring Agency<br />

MEC Premier/ Executive Council/<br />

Legislature / Auditor-General<br />

Provincial<br />

HOD<br />

Branch<br />

Managers<br />

Line<br />

Managers<br />

MEC<br />

HOD<br />

Branch managers<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Monitoring Mechanism<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>s and Budgets<br />

Quarterly Reports<br />

Annual Reports<br />

Operational <strong>Plan</strong>s and Budgets<br />

Monthly Reports<br />

Quarterly Reports<br />

Annual Reports<br />

Operational <strong>Plan</strong>s and Budgets<br />

Monthly Cash flows<br />

Monthly Reports<br />

Quarterly Reports<br />

Annual Reports<br />

Operational <strong>Plan</strong>s and Budgets<br />

Monthly Cash flows<br />

Procurement <strong>Plan</strong>s <br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 17 17


Monthly Reports<br />

Quarterly Reports<br />

Annual Reports<br />

10. DESCRIPTION OF STRATEGIC PLANNING PROCESS<br />

It should be noted here that this document is a revision and update <strong>of</strong> the previously published<br />

strategic plan <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/6 to 2009/10. As a result, the planning process<br />

described in this section refers to the analysis, engagements and activities which resulted in<br />

this updated version <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s plan for education within the planned period. The<br />

major components <strong>of</strong> the planning process were analysis, consultation, rationalization<br />

prioritization, plan preparation, review and approval.<br />

A reconsideration <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s strategic position was initiated by the MEC when<br />

he requested the preparation <strong>of</strong> a paper on the manner in which the <strong>Department</strong> should<br />

transform in order to fulfil its obligations and be responsive to the development<br />

circumstances <strong>of</strong> the Province. On this basis, an in-depth analysis was conducted on<br />

the circumstances <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> historically and currently in order to isolate critical<br />

problem areas which affect the overall performance <strong>of</strong> the system. The result <strong>of</strong> this<br />

investigation was the preparation <strong>of</strong> a monograph on “A Transformation Agenda” for the<br />

<strong>Department</strong>. This agenda <strong>of</strong> objectives and activities sought to overcome the problems<br />

which exist in the <strong>Department</strong> and set out a new framework for the equitable and<br />

efficient delivery <strong>of</strong> educational services. A Province-wide consultation involving all<br />

stakeholders was convened on the monograph as a basis for service “buy-in”, but more<br />

importantly as a basis for enabling stakeholders to secure a better understanding <strong>of</strong> the<br />

issues which affect education and thereby soliciting further input for the improvement.<br />

When the consultation was completed, it was evident from the input provided that the<br />

strategic plan for the <strong>Department</strong> had to be revised in order to respond to a variety <strong>of</strong><br />

issues raised and the scope <strong>of</strong> solutions rendered. Even more so, it was now more<br />

critical than before to ensure that the strategic plan <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> serve as a clear<br />

and articulated statement <strong>of</strong> the manner in which the <strong>Department</strong> seeks to meet its<br />

obligations and priorities and in the process continue to enhance its performance. A<br />

consultative process was set in place to secure input for the development <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />

A series <strong>of</strong> consultative workshops were convened involving all managerial staff <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Department</strong>. These workshops sought to delineate strategic objectives for each <strong>of</strong> the<br />

strategic goals <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>, to identify measurable objectives and performance<br />

measures and to decide on organizational assignments for undertaking responsibilities<br />

under the plan. The <strong>Department</strong> sought to make the planning process both informative<br />

and empowering as a measure to enable a more in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />

However, this process also served as a vehicle to secure commitment, promote interunit<br />

collaboration and instil renewed vigour for facilitating the transformation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Department</strong>.<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> the level <strong>of</strong> broad-based consultation, the number <strong>of</strong> strategic objectives<br />

generated was unmanageable. It was necessary, therefore, to engage in a<br />

rationalization and prioritization process in order to reduce the complexity <strong>of</strong> plan<br />

implementation. These objectives were reduced by shifting some objectives to<br />

performance measures, by consolidating related objectives and by eliminating objectives<br />

that were duplicative. In spite <strong>of</strong> this, all the inputs regarding the critical activities to be<br />

undertaken were retained in the presentation <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />

Managers in the <strong>Department</strong> undertook several interactions <strong>of</strong> revision and review in order to<br />

prepare the document <strong>of</strong> approval. The document was finally approved and submitted.<br />

All input was prepared in accordance with the National Treasury Guidelines. On<br />

occasions it as necessary to go beyond these guidelines so that the document will serve<br />

its purpose in enlightening and empowering <strong>of</strong>ficials in the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />

c p o a n r t e A n : t s t r a t e g i c o v e r v i e w<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for to <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> 2009/10 to March 2009-10. 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (6).doc Page 18


5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 19


c o n t e n t s<br />

e a s t e r n c a p e d e p a r t m e n t o f<br />

EDUCATION<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 20


PART B: PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME PLANS<br />

11. STRATEGIC GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND BUDGET PROGRAMMES<br />

11.1. INTRODUCTION<br />

This section <strong>of</strong> the strategic plan document presents an analysis <strong>of</strong> the respective<br />

programmes and sub-programmes that are used for budgeting and for budget allocation<br />

and management. The structure and analysis presented herein is critical for two<br />

reasons. The first is the legal requirement to comply with the budgeting and<br />

implementation frameworks provided. If programmes and programme activities are not<br />

properly presented according to the programmatic framework within which funding is<br />

received, then the likelihood for financial support for the respective programme is<br />

significantly reduced. This framework is therefore most essential to the successful<br />

implementation <strong>of</strong> the strategic goals and objectives outlined. The second reason for the<br />

importance <strong>of</strong> this framework is that it gives meaning and contextualizes the strategic<br />

goals <strong>of</strong> the plan. Here the practical details <strong>of</strong> the plan are presented on each strategic<br />

objective and on each planned activity. These details provide the richness and depth<br />

that is necessary to both understand what is intended and then successfully manage<br />

implementation.<br />

In introducing the sub-programmes, however, it should be noted that an attempt was<br />

made to present and describe all information on programmes at the sub-programme<br />

level. This will allow a more detailed examination <strong>of</strong> the context and circumstances in<br />

which particular goals and objectives will be implemented, and thereby lay a sound<br />

foundation for implementation.<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> the complexity <strong>of</strong> the respective sub-programmes, most <strong>of</strong> the information<br />

and analysis <strong>of</strong> sub-programmes is presented in the Annual Performance <strong>Plan</strong> (APP). In<br />

addition it should be noted that the sub-programme structure does not have an exact fit<br />

with the organizational structure <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> or the range <strong>of</strong> activities that are<br />

necessary to fulfil the goals and objectives outlined. To some extent therefore, it was<br />

necessary to force planned prospects and activities within the established programme<br />

and sub-programme structure.<br />

Notwithstanding, planners were relatively successful in working with the respective<br />

managers to ensure that activities and circumstances are properly represented within<br />

the programmatic structure.<br />

In this respect, five tables are presented. The first, Table 5, presents a brief outline <strong>of</strong><br />

the programme and sub-programme structure within which the planned activities <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> are framed. It is a listing <strong>of</strong> the programmes and the sub-programmes<br />

within them. Table 6 presents the strategic goals and objectives according to<br />

programme and sub-programme structure and accordingly to the Chief Directorates to<br />

which each objective is appropriate.<br />

Table 7 presents a brief overview <strong>of</strong> each programme noting the objectives and the<br />

technical boundaries in terms <strong>of</strong> goals, services and payments that are allowable. Table<br />

8 presents an overview <strong>of</strong> policies, priorities and constraints in the respective<br />

programmes and sub-programmes. Further a more detailed analysis and plan for the<br />

respective sub-programmes appears in the Annual Performance <strong>Plan</strong> (APP).<br />

A more detailed description is provided for each <strong>of</strong> the tables presented.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 2119


Table 5: Programmes and Sub-Programmes Structure for the <strong>Department</strong><br />

Programme<br />

1. Administration<br />

2. Public Ordinary<br />

School <strong>Education</strong><br />

Sub-programme<br />

1.1. Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC<br />

1.2. Corporate Services<br />

1.3. <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

1.4. Human Resource Development<br />

1.5. Conditional Grants<br />

1.6. <strong>Education</strong> Management Information Systems (EMIS)<br />

2.1. Public Primary Schools<br />

2.2. Public Secondary Schools<br />

2.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

2.4. Human Resource Development<br />

2.5. In-school Sport and Culture<br />

2.6. Conditional Grants (SNP)<br />

3.1. Primary Phase<br />

3. Independent<br />

School Subsidies 3.2. Secondary Phase<br />

4. Public Special 4.1. Schools<br />

School <strong>Education</strong> 4.2. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

4.3. Human Resource Development<br />

4.4. In-school Sport and Culture<br />

5. Further<br />

<strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training<br />

6. Adult Basic<br />

<strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training<br />

7. Early<br />

Childhood<br />

Development<br />

8. Auxiliary and<br />

Associated<br />

Services<br />

4.5. Conditional Grants<br />

5.1. Public Institutions<br />

5.2. Youth Colleges<br />

5.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

5.4. Human Resource Development<br />

5.5. In-college Sport and Culture<br />

5.6. Conditional Grants<br />

6.1. Public Centres<br />

6.2. Subsidies to Private Centres<br />

6.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

6.4. Human Resource Development<br />

6.5. Conditional Grants<br />

7.1. Grade R in Public Schools<br />

7.2. Grade R in Community Centres<br />

7.3. Pre-Grade R<br />

7.4. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

7.5. Human Resource Development<br />

7.6. Conditional Grants<br />

8.1. Payments to SETA<br />

8.2. Conditional Grant Projects (HIV and Aids)<br />

8.3. Special Projects<br />

8.4. External Examinations<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 20<strong>06</strong> 21 F (7).doc Page 20 22


11.2. <strong>Strategic</strong> Goals and Objectives with Sub-Programme and Chief Directorate<br />

Assignment<br />

All strategic goals and objectives must fit within designated sub-programmes to be<br />

funded, and they must be assigned to Directorates and Chief Directorates responsible<br />

for their implementation. In order to present a more comprehensive overview <strong>of</strong><br />

objectives as they are assigned to sub-programmes and to the respective Directorates,<br />

Table 6 is presented as a summary. It should be noted here that each objective may be<br />

assigned to multiple sub-programmes and to more than one Directorate or Chief<br />

Directorates. When objectives are further broken down into measurable objectives and<br />

performance measures, however, then assignments may be made with a bit more<br />

specificity.<br />

Special emphasis must be placed on the manner in which different Directorates<br />

collaborate in order to undertake particular assignments related to a single strategic<br />

objective. This is necessary so as to avoid duplication, confusion and inefficient use <strong>of</strong><br />

available resources.<br />

In order to acquire a fuller understanding <strong>of</strong> the context and circumstances <strong>of</strong> particular<br />

initiatives to be undertaken, it will be instructive to reflect on Directorate assignments in<br />

reviewing the various sub-programmes which will be described later in this chapter.<br />

Table 6:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goals & Objectives, Programme/Sub-Programme & Chief Directorate<br />

Assignment<br />

STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

REFERENCE<br />

CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />

Goal 1: Equity in educational achievements for all learners regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender, disability and<br />

geographic location<br />

1.1 Increased admission,<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />

participation, progression and success<br />

rates in ECD, GET and FET including<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />

rural learners, girls and LSEN<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> District Coordination & Management<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />

7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development <br />

1.2 Targeted and preferential funding<br />

to enhance achievement prospects for<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools <strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring &<br />

Evaluation<br />

the most disadvantaged learners and 2.2 Public Secondary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />

communities<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development District Coordination & Management<br />

1.3 Improved enrolment, participation 2.1 Corporate Services Institutional Development & Support<br />

and performance in Mathematics,<br />

Science and Technology and<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools District Coordination & Management<br />

Economic Management Sciences, 2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

particularly amongst girls and rural 5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />

learners<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />

1.4 Increased access to and utilization 2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />

for ICTs also in rural schools, in order<br />

to exploit the transformative equalizing<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools District Coordination & Management<br />

potential <strong>of</strong> e<strong>Education</strong> 2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

1.5 High quality relevant teaching and<br />

learning materials and equipment<br />

reach the poorest schools<br />

1.2 Corporate Services Curriculum Management<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools Supply Chain Management<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services <br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 23 21


STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

REFERENCE<br />

CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />

Goal 2: All school learners equipped with skills for further employment (including self-employment),<br />

training and participation in society<br />

2.1 Potential <strong>of</strong> GET and FET<br />

learners increased for employment<br />

and self-employment through<br />

improved skills, especially in<br />

Mathematics, science, technology and<br />

ICT<br />

2.2 School and FET learners with<br />

skills in line with economic and social<br />

needs through a relevant and well<br />

supported curriculum and well trained<br />

teachers<br />

2.3 Increased access, throughput and<br />

success through quality, relevant<br />

learning programmes in well resourced<br />

FET colleges<br />

2.4 Potential <strong>of</strong> FET learners<br />

increased for employment and selfemployment<br />

through improved linkage<br />

to key government initiatives and skills<br />

training programmes<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools Curriculum Management<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

Curriculum Management<br />

<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

Goal 3: Improved quality <strong>of</strong> teaching and learning at all educational levels throughout the Province<br />

3.1 Integrated implementation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

curriculum coordinated and supported<br />

in accordance with national policies<br />

3.2 Developed and supported a<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essional, committed and well<br />

trained teaching corps<br />

3.3 Teacher utilization and<br />

performance improved and managed<br />

3.4 A quality foundation for teaching<br />

and learning provided and supported<br />

through self managing and well<br />

resourced ECD Centres and Schools<br />

3.5 Increased literacy and relevant<br />

skills through high quality ABET<br />

programmes<br />

3.6 Access to quality teaching and<br />

learning for LSEN in accordance with<br />

the policy and principles <strong>of</strong> inclusive<br />

education<br />

3.7 Enhanced integration <strong>of</strong> HIV and<br />

AIDS and life skills into and across the<br />

curriculum<br />

3.8 Improved literacy and pr<strong>of</strong>iciency<br />

in the language <strong>of</strong> learning and<br />

teaching (LoLT)<br />

1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management Curriculum Management<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools District Coordination & Management<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

1.2 Human Resource Development Curriculum Management<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services District Coordination & Management<br />

2.4 Human Resource Development<br />

1.2 Corporate Services District Coordination & Management<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

6.1 Early Childhood Development<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Institutional Development & Support<br />

7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development<br />

6.1 and 6.2 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

Curriculum Management<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS)<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Curriculum Management<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 22 Page 24


STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

REFERENCE<br />

Goal 4: Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service integration at the local level<br />

4.1 Well managed schools with strong<br />

community involvement<br />

4.2 Effective pr<strong>of</strong>essional support<br />

services from EDOs, Subject Advisors<br />

and Special Needs Staff<br />

4.3 The range and intensity <strong>of</strong> training<br />

and development programmes <strong>of</strong>fered<br />

to high priority head <strong>of</strong>fice and district<br />

staff increased, and well articulated,<br />

comprehensive and accredited training<br />

programmes available<br />

4.4 Well managed education districts<br />

with strong links to municipalities and<br />

education stakeholders<br />

4.5 Improved service delivery in<br />

education: develop and implement a<br />

decentralization plan in line with the<br />

Provincial Decentralization <strong>Plan</strong><br />

(PGDP)<br />

4.6 Strengthened coordination and<br />

partnerships within the <strong>Department</strong><br />

and with government, social partners<br />

and civil society<br />

CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />

1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management District Coordination & Management<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />

1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management District Coordination & Management<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services <br />

1.2 Corporate Services District Coordination & Management<br />

1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Human Resource Management<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools Curriculum Management<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

1.2 Corporate Services District Development and Support<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools <br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />

1.2 Corporate Services District Coordination & Management<br />

1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management Institutional Development & Support<br />

Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

Human Resource Management<br />

Financial Management<br />

1.1 Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Strategic</strong> Management monitoring &<br />

Evaluation<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> Institutional Development & Support<br />

Goal 5: Performance management systems and processes for enhanced service delivery are enhanced<br />

5.1 Strong, locally-based corporate<br />

services established in District <strong>of</strong>fices<br />

1.2 Corporate Services<br />

Human Resource Management<br />

Financial Management<br />

Supply Chain Management<br />

5.2 Effective performance<br />

1.2 Corporate Services Curriculum Management<br />

management and accountability<br />

processes for all employees<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services Human Resource Management<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />

5.3 Incentives proved to make rural 1.2 Corporate Services District Coordination & Management<br />

areas more attractive for educators<br />

and other public servants, e.g. access<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

to housing, land tenure, schooling, etc. 2.2 Public Secondary Schools Human Resource Management<br />

5.4 <strong>Strategic</strong> role <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong><br />

enhanced by making management<br />

and administration systems work<br />

effectively<br />

5.5 Optimal provisioning and<br />

utilization <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />

1.2 Corporate Services Human Resource Management<br />

Financial Management <br />

Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

1.2 Corporate Services Human Resource Management<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training District Coordination & Management <br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training <br />

7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development <br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 25 23


STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

5.6 HIV and AIDS considerations<br />

mainstreamed into all policies,<br />

programmes and procedures <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Department</strong><br />

5.7 <strong>Strategic</strong> management <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> that promotes the<br />

Transformation Agenda<br />

PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

REFERENCE<br />

CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation<br />

Goal 6: Optimal configuration <strong>of</strong> the school system in order to balance access and efficiency<br />

6.1 Realignment <strong>of</strong> schools to comply<br />

with the national phases (Grade 1-7<br />

Primary, Grade 8-12 secondary)<br />

6.2 School construction redirected in<br />

order to facilitate reconfiguration<br />

6.3 Subsidized scholar transport<br />

(including bicycles) and/or<br />

accommodation <strong>of</strong> learners,<br />

particularly at secondary level in order<br />

to achieve higher enrolments per<br />

school<br />

1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools District Coordination & Management <br />

1.2 Corporate Services Physical resource Management and IS<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools <br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />

1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />

Goal 7: Balanced funding and deployment <strong>of</strong> resources to maximize discretionary support to strategic<br />

priorities<br />

7.1 Appropriate determination <strong>of</strong> postbaskets<br />

and ensuring that every staff<br />

member is optimally utilized<br />

7.2 Closely managed appointment <strong>of</strong><br />

additional staff so that resources can<br />

be freed up for non-personnel<br />

expenditure intended to improve<br />

quality and service delivery meeting<br />

nationally set targets for personnel :<br />

non-personnel expenditure<br />

1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation<br />

Human Resource Management<br />

Financial Management<br />

1.2 Corporate Services<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation<br />

Human Resource Management<br />

Financial Management<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

7.3 Carefully targeted additional<br />

resources to improve physical<br />

facilities, increase supply <strong>of</strong> teaching<br />

and learning resources and equipment<br />

to schools, to train, develop and<br />

support existing personnel better, and<br />

to implement the norms and standards<br />

for school funding<br />

1.2 Corporate Services<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation<br />

Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

Financial Management<br />

7.4 International and local donor<br />

community harnessed as partners in<br />

education delivery and access<br />

additional resources<br />

1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Strategic</strong> Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools Financial Management<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

Goal 8: Social issues affecting schooling are addressed<br />

8.1 Schools and departmental<br />

structures and processes established<br />

to respond adequately to the social<br />

issues which affect schools and<br />

schooling<br />

8.2 Collaborative relationships within<br />

the school community and social<br />

structures to reinforce the family and<br />

to manage social issues which affect<br />

schools<br />

8.3 A safe and healthy environment<br />

and employee wellness in the<br />

2.6 Conditional Grants (SNP) Institutional Development & Support<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <br />

1.2 Corporate Services Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <br />

1.2 Corporate Services Institutional Development & Support<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 24 Page 26


STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

workplace<br />

8.4 A new model developed and<br />

introduced for the school nutrition<br />

programme which involves community<br />

participation through cooperatives<br />

8.5 Care and support for those who<br />

are infected or affected by HIV/AIDS<br />

PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

REFERENCE<br />

CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools Human Resource Management<br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <br />

1.2 Corporate Services <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

2.6 Conditional Grants (SNP) Supply Chain Management<br />

<br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

Goal 9: Adequate physical and institutional infrastructure to support teaching and learning at all levels<br />

9.1 Adequate school buildings<br />

appropriately placed and conducive to<br />

teaching, learning and administration<br />

9.2 A school environment and<br />

facilities that are conducive to effective<br />

education, safety, health, security and<br />

environmentally appropriate<br />

9.3 Collaboration <strong>of</strong> our school<br />

building programme with publicly<br />

administered programmes which deal<br />

with poverty, unemployment and other<br />

social and economic challenges in<br />

society<br />

9.4 FET colleges properly upgraded<br />

and recapitalized in order to respond<br />

to labour market needs<br />

9.5 <strong>Education</strong> District Offices<br />

upgraded to provide adequate space<br />

and facilities<br />

1.2 Corporate Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

1.2 Corporate Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools <br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) <br />

1.2 Corporate Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

1.2 Corporate Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

1.2 Corporate Services Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

District Coordination and Management<br />

11.3.Focus and Limits <strong>of</strong> Sub-Programmes<br />

Table 7 presents an overview <strong>of</strong> programmes and sub-programmes with brief notes on the<br />

objective <strong>of</strong> the programme, and the goods, services and payments which could be<br />

legitimately considered within the authority <strong>of</strong> the respective programme. This information<br />

is included for two reasons. First, it was one <strong>of</strong> the underlying sentiments <strong>of</strong> the strategic<br />

planning process that the structure and content <strong>of</strong> the plan document must be reader<br />

friendly, accessible and readily understood by all <strong>of</strong>ficials in the <strong>Department</strong> and by the<br />

<strong>Department</strong>’s stakeholders. During the planning process, there was some confusion<br />

among a few staff members regarding the limits <strong>of</strong> particular programmes and subprogrammes<br />

for accommodating some activities.<br />

The second reason for presenting this table is to create a more in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong><br />

the purpose and structure <strong>of</strong> funding within the <strong>Department</strong> among the entire<br />

<strong>Department</strong>’s staff.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 27 25


Table 7: Overview <strong>of</strong> Programmes Listing <strong>of</strong> Respective Programmes and Sub-Programmes<br />

Programme<br />

Programme 1<br />

Administration<br />

Objective:<br />

To provide overall management <strong>of</strong> the education system in<br />

accordance with the National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, The public<br />

Finance Management Act, and other policies.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

Includes publicly funded goods and services, in particular educators,<br />

non-educators and <strong>of</strong>fice items, utilized for governance,<br />

management, research and administration, as well as general <strong>of</strong>fice<br />

services, e.g. cleaning and security services, if utilized in the<br />

provincial head <strong>of</strong>fice and its subsidiary regional, district and circuit<br />

<strong>of</strong>fices.<br />

Programme 2<br />

Public Ordinary Schools <strong>Education</strong><br />

Objective:<br />

To provide public ordinary education from Grades 1 to 12 in<br />

accordance with the South African Schools Act.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

Includes all publicly funded goods and services specific to the<br />

provisioning <strong>of</strong> Grade 1 to Grade 12 education in public ordinary<br />

schools. Both goods and services purchased by the <strong>Department</strong>,<br />

and transfer payments to Section 21 schools from the state are<br />

included here.<br />

Programme 3<br />

Independent School Subsidies<br />

Objective:<br />

To support independent schools in accordance with the South<br />

African Schools Act.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

Includes transfer payments to independent schools in accordance<br />

with the Norms and Standards for School Funding to support the<br />

provisioning <strong>of</strong> goods and services required for education in those<br />

schools.<br />

Programme 4<br />

Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />

Objective:<br />

To provide compulsory public education in special schools in<br />

accordance with the South African Schools Act and White Paper 6<br />

on inclusive education.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

Includes all publicly funded goods and services specific to the<br />

provisioning <strong>of</strong> Grades R to 12 education public special schools.<br />

Both goods and services purchased by the <strong>Department</strong>, and those<br />

purchased by schools using transfer payments from the state are<br />

included here.<br />

Subprogramme<br />

1.1. Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC<br />

1.2. Corporate Services<br />

1.3. <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

1.4. Human Resource Development<br />

1.5. Conditional Grants<br />

1.6. <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

Information Systems (EMIS)<br />

2.1. Public Primary Schools<br />

2.2. Public Secondary Schools<br />

2.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

2.4. Human Resource Development<br />

2.5. In-school Sport and Culture<br />

2.6. Conditional Grants (SNP)<br />

3.1 Primary Phase<br />

3.2 Secondary Phase<br />

4.1. Schools<br />

4.2. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

4.3. Human Resource Development<br />

4.4. In-school Sport and Culture<br />

4.5. Conditional Grants<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 March F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 26 Page 28


Programme<br />

Programme 5<br />

Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Objective:<br />

To provide Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training (FET) at public FET<br />

colleges in accordance with the Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

Includes all publicly funded goods and services used for the<br />

provisioning <strong>of</strong> education in FET colleges and FET youth colleges.<br />

Both goods and services purchased by the <strong>Department</strong>, and transfer<br />

payments to colleges from the state are included here.<br />

Programme 6<br />

Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Objective:<br />

To provide Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training (ABET) in<br />

accordance with the Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> Act.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

Includes all publicly funded goods and services utilized at ABET<br />

sites to <strong>of</strong>fer adults basic education and training. Both goods and<br />

services purchased by the <strong>Department</strong>, and any transfer payments<br />

from the state to ABET sites are included here.<br />

Programme 7<br />

Early Childhood Development<br />

Objective:<br />

To provide Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong> (ECD) at the Grade R and<br />

earlier levels in accordance with White Paper 5.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

Includes all publicly funded goods and services specific to Grade R<br />

and earlier levels at any sites or school. Both goods and services<br />

purchased by the <strong>Department</strong>, and transfer payment from the state<br />

are included here.<br />

Programme 8<br />

Auxiliary and Associated Services<br />

Objective:<br />

To provide the education institutions as a whole with training and<br />

support.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

Includes all funds utilized for support to institutions where they do<br />

not easily fall under any <strong>of</strong> the programmes from 2 to 7, or where<br />

they relate to departmentally run examinations.<br />

Subprogramme<br />

5.1. Public Institutions<br />

5.2. Youth Colleges<br />

5.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

5.4. Human Resource Development<br />

5.5. In-college Sport and Culture<br />

5.6. Conditional Grants<br />

6.1. Public Centres<br />

6.2. Subsidies to Private Centres<br />

6.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

6.4. Human Resource Development<br />

6.5. Conditional Grants<br />

7.1. Grade R in Public Schools<br />

7.2. Grade R in Community Centres<br />

7.3. Pre-Grade R<br />

7.4. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

7.5. Human Resource Development<br />

7.6. Conditional Grants<br />

8.1. Payments to SETA<br />

8.2. Conditional Grant Projects (HIV<br />

and Aids)<br />

8.3. Special Projects<br />

8.4. External Examinations<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 29 27


11.4. Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Programmes and Sub-<br />

Programmes<br />

Each sub-programme is unique in terms <strong>of</strong> its objectives and activities and the context<br />

and circumstances which affect delivery. It is essential therefore to have a general<br />

overview <strong>of</strong> the respective sub-programmes in order to place the essential details <strong>of</strong> the<br />

sub-programme in its correct perspective. Table 8 <strong>of</strong> this section presents a general<br />

overview <strong>of</strong> each sub-programme. The overview reviews the purpose <strong>of</strong> the subprogramme,<br />

sketches its transformational focus, outlines its key policies and priorities<br />

and lists the key challenges and constraints which affect the programme’s operation. In<br />

effect, the essentials <strong>of</strong> the sub-programme are briefly sketched to enable ease <strong>of</strong><br />

understanding.<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the critical features <strong>of</strong> the presentation here is the transformational focus <strong>of</strong> the<br />

sub-programme. This content seeks to explain the relevance <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s<br />

Transformational Agenda to the content, structure and activities <strong>of</strong> the respective subprogrammes.<br />

Asserting the transformational focus in this manner is essential. This<br />

focus seeks to establish the fact that the activities undertaken are neither routine nor<br />

insignificant. They are directed toward a particular purpose in ensuring redress,<br />

promoting equity or accelerating development in a particular area <strong>of</strong> social, cultural or<br />

economic need.<br />

The table seeks to serve as a constant reminder to <strong>of</strong>ficials that transformation is the<br />

intent and focus <strong>of</strong> the implementation process and that in spite <strong>of</strong> all, the circumstances<br />

<strong>of</strong> the disadvantaged and marginalized must change as a result <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

Table 8: Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Respective Programmes and Sub-<br />

Programmes<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

PROGRAMME 1<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 1.1<br />

Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide for the functioning <strong>of</strong><br />

the Office <strong>of</strong> the Member <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Executive Council (MEC) for<br />

<strong>Education</strong>.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The Transformational Agenda <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>Department</strong> was conceived and<br />

initiated by the MEC. The MEC’s<br />

Office facility may undertake the<br />

responsibility to track and monitor<br />

progress in respect to this Agenda.<br />

Critical grounding initiatives with<br />

stakeholders, the legislature and<br />

leadership in other departments<br />

may be undertaken from the MEC’<br />

Office in order to clear a path for<br />

advancing the Agenda.<br />

The policies for which the MEC’s<br />

Office takes responsibility are<br />

detailed in the Section on<br />

Legislative and other Mandates. In<br />

essence, the MEC’s Office takes<br />

responsibility for all legislative and<br />

other mandates which affect the<br />

planning, design and delivery <strong>of</strong><br />

education services in the Province.<br />

Chief among them are the Pubic<br />

Service Act, 2004 and Regulations<br />

(2004), the South African Schools<br />

Act, 1996, the Employment <strong>of</strong><br />

Educators Act, 1998 and the Public<br />

Finance Management Act, 1999.<br />

The priorities <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> are<br />

to stabilize its administrative<br />

structures, fill critical posts which<br />

will ensure effective performance<br />

and service delivery and implement<br />

The strained relations between<br />

the <strong>Department</strong> and SADTU.<br />

Slow progress in the<br />

establishment <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Advisory Council <br />

Slow take <strong>of</strong>f <strong>of</strong> Community<br />

Liaison Programmes<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> a fully staffed Customer<br />

Care Unit<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 Feb March 2.doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 28 Page 30


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

a transformational agenda for<br />

education in the Province which will<br />

ensure equity, quality and<br />

efficiency in the educational<br />

services rendered. These priorities<br />

are specified in the strategic goals<br />

and objectives outlined.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 1.2<br />

Corporate Services<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide management services<br />

which are not education specific for<br />

the education system.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The Transformational Agenda will<br />

only be served if there is a shift in<br />

the manner <strong>of</strong> deployment <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Department</strong>’s resources so as to<br />

promote equity and advance the<br />

welfare <strong>of</strong> marginalized groups. A<br />

case has been made for the<br />

disproportional allocation <strong>of</strong><br />

resources to achieve equitable<br />

ends. The Transformation Agenda<br />

must be driven by a resource<br />

allocation strategy that is sensitive<br />

to the Agenda’s goals and<br />

objectives<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 1.3<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide education management<br />

services for the education system.<br />

All <strong>of</strong> the policies relating to<br />

education and the public service<br />

affect the operations in Corporate<br />

Services. The primary policies<br />

which govern the activities <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Corporate Services function are as<br />

follows: The PFMA and Supply<br />

Chain Management Code <strong>of</strong><br />

Conduct; the Public Service Act<br />

and Regulations, the Employment<br />

Equity Act and the Occupational<br />

Health and Safety Act among<br />

others. The primary priorities <strong>of</strong><br />

Corporate Services are defined in<br />

strategic goals 5 and 7 as outlined<br />

below:<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 5: The<br />

establishment and performance <strong>of</strong><br />

systems and processes for<br />

enhanced service delivery.<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> Goal 7: Balanced funding<br />

and deployment <strong>of</strong> resources to<br />

maximize discretionary support to<br />

strategic priorities<br />

The District Cluster Chief<br />

Directorates, through the District<br />

Offices, take responsibility for all<br />

the policies which affect schools<br />

and schooling<br />

Financial Management Services<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> support from social partners<br />

in the redeployment <strong>of</strong> Educators<br />

Low Skill Levels among Finance<br />

Staff<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> proper supporting<br />

documentation for ledger balances<br />

<br />

Human Resource Management<br />

There is lack <strong>of</strong> a sufficient number<br />

<strong>of</strong> support staff in the respective<br />

Directorates. Offices are understaffed<br />

and as a result critical functions cannot<br />

be effectively undertaken. <br />

Delay in the implementation <strong>of</strong><br />

sanctions, debt recovery and<br />

finalization <strong>of</strong> appeals<br />

The growing impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and<br />

AIDS on service delivery and the dire<br />

need for effective Employees<br />

Assistance Programme (EAP)<br />

Information Technology<br />

Service interruptions from virus<br />

activity<br />

Scarce skills in IT for senior<br />

technical staff<br />

Low skills capacity among staff<br />

<strong>Education</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>ning and<br />

Monitoring<br />

No policy register for public and<br />

internal policies<br />

<br />

Cluster A<br />

Shortages <strong>of</strong> staff.<br />

Heavy reliance on temporary<br />

educators for grade 12 and<br />

shortages in critical subjects.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 Feb 20<strong>06</strong> 2.doc Page 31 29


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

This programme is constituted <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

Services provided by the <strong>Education</strong><br />

Development and Support Chief<br />

Directorates for District Clusters.<br />

The role played by the District<br />

Cluster Chief Directorate is critical.<br />

Transformation must occur at the<br />

level <strong>of</strong> Districts and schools. It is<br />

essential that specific performance<br />

measures for key transformation<br />

initiatives at the District and school<br />

levels be defined, specified,<br />

delegated and tracked. The<br />

Cluster Chief Directorates are<br />

critical in ensuring that<br />

transformation objectives are met.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

Network / data line problems<br />

Some schools were found to be<br />

lagging behind the prescribed<br />

percentage coverage <strong>of</strong> the<br />

syllabus by the time common<br />

papers we written in June. <br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice space for some<br />

districts leading in very extreme<br />

cases, to the District <strong>of</strong>fices<br />

occupying five different properties<br />

e.g. Mt Fletcher.<br />

Cluster B<br />

Non compliance with the<br />

Admission Policy. <br />

Cluster C<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> facilities for school<br />

transport in light <strong>of</strong> the moratorium<br />

by the Province on the use <strong>of</strong> light<br />

vehicles for transporting scholars.<br />

Inadequate funding for Norms &<br />

Standards<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 1.4<br />

Human Resource Development<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide human resource<br />

development for <strong>of</strong>fice-based staff.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

HRD is one <strong>of</strong> the critical vehicles<br />

for enabling capacity to support the<br />

Transformation Agenda. Without<br />

qualified staff to lead, manage and<br />

support institutions in undertaking<br />

their responsibilities, there will be<br />

little capacity to realise the<br />

objectives <strong>of</strong> transformation. As<br />

noted in the constraints reviewed,<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the critical deficiencies in<br />

the <strong>Department</strong> is the shortage <strong>of</strong><br />

key staff in roles which adds<br />

significant value to its strategic<br />

agenda.<br />

This is addressed as one aspect <strong>of</strong> subprogramme<br />

1.2: Corporate Services<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 Feb March 2.doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 30 Page 32


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose Transformational Focus<br />

- SUB-PROGRAMME Transformational Focus 1.5<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME Conditional Grants 1.5<br />

Conditional Grants<br />

Purpose:<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide for projects under<br />

To programme provide for 1 specified projects under by the<br />

programme department <strong>of</strong> 1 specified <strong>Education</strong> by and the<br />

department funded by conditional <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> grants and<br />

funded by conditional grants<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

OF CHALLENGES<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

The critical grants are addressed under subprogrammes<br />

The critical 2.6 grants (SNP) are and addressed 8.2 (HIV/AIDS). under Other subprogrammes<br />

conditional grants 2.6 in (SNP) the <strong>Department</strong> and 8.2 (HIV/AIDS). are rollovers. Other<br />

conditional grants in the <strong>Department</strong> are rollovers.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

Transformational This is addressed under Focus: subprogrammes<br />

is addressed 2.6 and under 8.2 sub-<br />

This<br />

programmes 2.6 and 8.2<br />

Quality Assurance<br />

Quality Assurance<br />

Purpose:<br />

Purpose: This sub-programme aims to<br />

This provide sub-programme total quality management<br />

aims to<br />

provide throughout total the quality <strong>Department</strong>. management<br />

throughout the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />

Its purpose is to develop integrated<br />

Its quality purpose management is to develop process integrated<br />

quality systems management to enhance good process<br />

systems governance to enhance at all levels good <strong>of</strong> the<br />

governance <strong>Department</strong> in at collaboration all levels <strong>of</strong> the with<br />

<strong>Department</strong> Local, Provincial collaboration and National with<br />

Local, Governments Provincial as and appropriate. National<br />

Governments as appropriate.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

Transformational Total quality management Focus: needs to<br />

Total be approached quality management and implemented needs to<br />

be as an approached integral part and <strong>of</strong> implemented<br />

strategic<br />

as management integral in part the <strong>of</strong> <strong>Department</strong>. strategic<br />

management Quality assurance in the has <strong>Department</strong>. an overall<br />

Quality effect on assurance the performance has overall <strong>of</strong> the<br />

effect system on as the a whole. performance There <strong>of</strong> must the be<br />

system a developmental as a whole. approach There must to be<br />

a quality developmental assurance approach so that the to<br />

quality deficiencies assurance are remedied so that the through<br />

deficiencies feedback from are evaluations remedied through that are<br />

feedback conducted from and evaluations through a variety that are <strong>of</strong><br />

conducted developmental and interventions through a variety that <strong>of</strong><br />

developmental will enhance performance interventions <strong>of</strong> that each<br />

will participant. enhance performance <strong>of</strong> each<br />

participant.<br />

The following are the priorities to<br />

The be advanced: following are the priorities to<br />

be<br />

Increasing<br />

advanced:<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> Whole<br />

School Increasing Evaluation the number (WSE) <strong>of</strong> Whole<br />

School supervisors Evaluation to correspond (WSE) with the<br />

supervisors number <strong>of</strong> schools to correspond in the Province with the<br />

number that the sub-programme <strong>of</strong> schools in the has Province to<br />

that externally the sub-programme evaluate has to<br />

externally evaluate<br />

Adjustment <strong>of</strong> the equitable share<br />

for Adjustment the sub-programme <strong>of</strong> the equitable to cover share all<br />

for the the mandates sub-programme that the subprogramme<br />

mandates has that to the deliver sub-on.programme<br />

has to deliver on.<br />

to cover all<br />

the<br />

Provision <strong>of</strong> infrastructural needs<br />

for Provision the full complement <strong>of</strong> infrastructural (as in needs the<br />

for current the full organogram) complement <strong>of</strong> (as the in staff the at<br />

current Head Office organogram) and aligning <strong>of</strong> the the staff at<br />

Head functioning Office <strong>of</strong> and the aligning District Quality the<br />

functioning Assurance units <strong>of</strong> the with District that Quality <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Assurance Provincial Directorate units with that <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Provincial Directorate<br />

Need for integration with IQMS in<br />

particular Need for and integration overall performance<br />

with IQMS in<br />

particular management and in overall general performance – linking<br />

management WSE, District in Office general evaluation – linking and<br />

WSE, Provincial District <strong>Department</strong> Office evaluation and<br />

Provincial <strong>Department</strong> evaluation<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> staffing. Too many posts<br />

are Lack still <strong>of</strong> vacant staffing. Too many posts<br />

are Grade still vacant 6 Systematic Evaluation<br />

report Grade not 6 yet Systematic published Evaluation<br />

report not yet published<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> secure <strong>of</strong>fice and storage<br />

space Lack for <strong>of</strong> secure effective <strong>of</strong>fice management and storage <strong>of</strong><br />

space quality for assurance effective management <strong>of</strong><br />

quality assurance<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 Feb 2.doc Page 31<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 Feb 20<strong>06</strong> 2.doc Page 33 31


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 1.6<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

Information Systems (EMIS)<br />

Purpose:<br />

To determine resource targeting,<br />

provide and render EMIS support.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

It will be the task <strong>of</strong> EMIS to assist<br />

with the monitoring <strong>of</strong> strategic<br />

objectives as set out in the<br />

Transformation Agenda for the<br />

Eastern Cape.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

The primary policy under which<br />

EMIS functions is the National<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, 1996 and the<br />

newly adopted <strong>Education</strong><br />

Information Policy. Other Acts and<br />

policies are:<br />

The Promotion <strong>of</strong> Access to<br />

Information Act, 2000<br />

The Statistics Act, 1999<br />

The priorities <strong>of</strong> EMIS are:<br />

to ensure that accurate and<br />

reliable management information is<br />

available for managers<br />

to establish an integrated national<br />

education management information<br />

system that includes data collection<br />

and reporting from institutional to<br />

national level<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

Shortage <strong>of</strong> staff<br />

Slow return rate <strong>of</strong> survey forms<br />

No dedicated EMIS <strong>of</strong>ficials at<br />

District level<br />

<br />

<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

to develop appropriate<br />

administrative and management<br />

systems that will bring about<br />

improvement <strong>of</strong> the quality <strong>of</strong><br />

education including data accuracy,<br />

relevance and the timeliness<br />

starting at school level to national<br />

level<br />

to develop the necessary<br />

capacity including human and<br />

hardware resources to manage<br />

information within the system<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 Feb March 2.doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 32 Page 34


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

PROGRAMME 2<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.1<br />

Public Primary Schools<br />

Purpose:<br />

The overall objective <strong>of</strong> programme<br />

2 is to provide public ordinary<br />

school education for grades 1-12 in<br />

accordance with the South African<br />

Schools Act. Sub-programme 2.1<br />

is directed at Public Primary<br />

Schools. The objective <strong>of</strong> this<br />

programme is to provide specific<br />

public primary ordinary schools<br />

with resources required for the<br />

Grades 1 to 7.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The primary strategic goals in the<br />

Transformation Agenda are<br />

associated with schools. Equity in<br />

educational achievement for all<br />

learners, equipping all school<br />

learners with skills for further<br />

employment and improved quality<br />

<strong>of</strong> teaching and learning at all<br />

levels are all critical initiatives that<br />

are focused on schools. The<br />

essence here is to ensure that<br />

learners in the system are not<br />

disadvantaged academically<br />

because <strong>of</strong> their social or economic<br />

status, or because <strong>of</strong> their gender,<br />

disabilities or geographic location.<br />

There has always been a concern<br />

for high quality in educational<br />

delivery. The concern now is that<br />

all should benefit from this quality.<br />

To a greater or lesser extent, the<br />

activities <strong>of</strong> sub-programme 2.1 are<br />

governed by all policies as set out<br />

in Section 7 <strong>of</strong> this document. The<br />

most pertinent among those<br />

policies are: The South African<br />

Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996), The National <strong>Education</strong><br />

Policy Act, 1996 (Act No 27 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996) and the Eastern Cape<br />

Schools <strong>Education</strong> Act, 1999 (Act<br />

No 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999). These policies are<br />

set within a network <strong>of</strong> other<br />

relevant policies, mandates and<br />

regulations that are critical to<br />

education and to the public sector<br />

as a whole. Among the critical<br />

priorities for public primary schools<br />

are the following:<br />

Implementing the norms and<br />

standards for school funding to<br />

provide adequate funding<br />

Capacity building in the area <strong>of</strong><br />

school management, especially<br />

financial control, management and<br />

leadership skills<br />

Rationalisation <strong>of</strong> small schools<br />

into viable larger schools which<br />

can be more adequately resourced<br />

Refinement and development <strong>of</strong><br />

policy for establishment and<br />

disestablishment <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

Implementation <strong>of</strong> the Integrated<br />

Quality Management System<br />

Addressing the language policy<br />

in schools to improve the pass rate<br />

Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy for home<br />

schooling<br />

Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy on scholar<br />

transport<br />

Refinement <strong>of</strong> admissions<br />

policies<br />

Enhancement <strong>of</strong> policy on hostel<br />

management <br />

Provision <strong>of</strong> school infrastructure<br />

and facilities<br />

To ensure equity in educational<br />

achievement for all learners<br />

regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender and<br />

urban/rural location<br />

Inadequate resourcing <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> funding for Norms &<br />

Standards<br />

Inadequate educational<br />

provisioning for small schools that<br />

are economically viable<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> governance and<br />

management capacity among SGB<br />

members, especially in rural<br />

schools<br />

Many Section 21 Schools are<br />

unable to manage their<br />

responsibilities. Many have<br />

requested reversion to their<br />

Section 20 status. One aspect <strong>of</strong><br />

the problem is the lack <strong>of</strong> funds to<br />

fully support all schools with<br />

Section 21 status.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 35 33


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.2<br />

Public Secondary Schools<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide specific public<br />

secondary ordinary schools with<br />

resources required for the Grades<br />

8 to 12 levels.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The primary strategic goals in the<br />

Transformation Agenda are<br />

associated with schools. Equity in<br />

educational achievement for all<br />

learners, equipping all school<br />

learners with skills for further<br />

employment and improved quality<br />

<strong>of</strong> teaching and learning at all<br />

levels are all critical initiatives that<br />

are focused on schools. The<br />

essence here is to ensure that<br />

learners in the system are not<br />

disadvantaged academically<br />

because <strong>of</strong> their social or economic<br />

status, or because <strong>of</strong> their gender,<br />

disabilities or geographic location.<br />

There has always been a concern<br />

for high quality in educational<br />

delivery. The concern now is that<br />

all should benefit from this quality.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

Strategy to convert all schools to<br />

Section 21 schools by 201.<br />

Increasing the number <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

able to attain section 21 status and<br />

capacitating all schools to manage<br />

themselves as Section 21 Schools<br />

To a greater or lesser extent, the<br />

activities <strong>of</strong> sub-programme 2.1 are<br />

governed by all policies as set out<br />

in Section 7 <strong>of</strong> this document. The<br />

most pertinent among those<br />

policies are: The South African<br />

Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996), The National <strong>Education</strong><br />

Policy Act, 1996 (Act No 27 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996) and the Eastern Cape<br />

Schools <strong>Education</strong> Act, 1999 (Act<br />

No 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999). These policies are<br />

set within a network <strong>of</strong> other<br />

relevant policies, mandates and<br />

regulations that are critical to<br />

education and to the public sector<br />

as a whole. Among the critical<br />

priorities for public primary schools<br />

are the following:<br />

Implementing the norms and<br />

standards for school funding to<br />

provide adequate funding<br />

Capacity building in the area <strong>of</strong><br />

school management, especially<br />

financial control, management and<br />

leadership skills<br />

Rationalisation <strong>of</strong> small schools<br />

into viable larger schools which<br />

can be more adequately resourced<br />

Refinement and development <strong>of</strong><br />

policy for establishment and<br />

disestablishment <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

Implementation <strong>of</strong> the Integrated<br />

Quality Management System<br />

Addressing the language policy<br />

in schools to improve the pass rate<br />

Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy for home<br />

schooling<br />

Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy on scholar<br />

transport<br />

Refinement <strong>of</strong> admissions<br />

policies<br />

Enhancement <strong>of</strong> policy on hostel<br />

management<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

<br />

<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> capacity to govern<br />

among SGB Members<br />

Absence <strong>of</strong> proper systems for<br />

financial management and control<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> HR capacity in schools<br />

and for the support <strong>of</strong> schools.<br />

Critical areas <strong>of</strong> concern are lack <strong>of</strong><br />

enough qualified Science and<br />

Mathematics Teachers; lack <strong>of</strong><br />

enough qualified Subject Advisors<br />

in Science, Mathematics and<br />

Technology; and Technical<br />

Educators and Artisans who are<br />

not pedagogically trained<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> HR capacity in schools<br />

and for the support <strong>of</strong> schools.<br />

Critical areas <strong>of</strong> concern are lack <strong>of</strong><br />

enough qualified Science and<br />

Mathematics Teachers; lack <strong>of</strong><br />

enough qualified Subject Advisors<br />

in Science, Mathematics and<br />

Technology; and Technical<br />

Educators and Artisans who are<br />

not pedagogically trained<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> an adequate<br />

infrastructure for employmentrelated<br />

education.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (1).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 34 Page 36


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

Provision <strong>of</strong> school infrastructure<br />

and facilities<br />

To ensure equity in educational<br />

achievement for all learners<br />

regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender and<br />

urban/rural location<br />

Strategy to convert all schools to<br />

Section 21 schools by 201.<br />

Increasing the number <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

able to attain section 21 status and<br />

capacitating all schools to manage<br />

themselves as Section 21 Schools<br />

Better articulation between<br />

Secondary Schools, FETIs and<br />

HEIs.<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.3<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide educators and learners<br />

in public ordinary schools with<br />

departmentally managed support<br />

services.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

Enabling educators to develop<br />

capacity to undertake the<br />

responsibilities <strong>of</strong> the new<br />

curriculum is <strong>of</strong> critical importance<br />

to the transformation agenda.<br />

Equity in achievement <strong>of</strong> learners<br />

will not be realized unless all<br />

educators are well trained in their<br />

content areas, and unless there is<br />

enough capacity in the Districts to<br />

service and support them. There<br />

must be balance in the placement<br />

<strong>of</strong> these resources so that the<br />

marginalized do not have to wait<br />

their turn at the end <strong>of</strong> the queue.<br />

Resources to the disadvantaged<br />

and to rural areas must be<br />

prioritized so that some measure <strong>of</strong><br />

redress can occur.<br />

The National Framework <strong>of</strong><br />

Teacher <strong>Education</strong> (NFTE) that<br />

was published for public review in<br />

August <strong>2005</strong> seeks to establish an<br />

entirely new and innovative<br />

framework for the governing <strong>of</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essional development <strong>of</strong><br />

educators. The framework<br />

essentially establishes two routes<br />

<strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional development –<br />

PRESET or the Institutional<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Development <strong>of</strong><br />

Teachers, and INSET or the<br />

continuing pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

development <strong>of</strong> teachers.<br />

Another critical aspect <strong>of</strong> this policy<br />

framework is the accumulation <strong>of</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essional development points<br />

and the establishment <strong>of</strong> a<br />

licensing framework based on<br />

these points in order to ensure that<br />

educators remain fully capacitated<br />

and equipped to undertake their<br />

responsibilities.<br />

Among the priorities for the<br />

provision <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

development services are:<br />

Realizing a full complement <strong>of</strong><br />

well trained curriculum advisors to<br />

roll out the orientation and INSET<br />

programmes in Districts.<br />

Shortage <strong>of</strong> Curriculum Advisors<br />

Insufficient resources for<br />

curriculum and pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

development support for educators<br />

in rural areas<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 37 35


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

To secure more funding for the<br />

activities <strong>of</strong> this sub-programme <br />

Filling <strong>of</strong> posts in the<br />

establishments <strong>of</strong> Districts so that<br />

schools can benefit from a full<br />

complement <strong>of</strong> curriculum advisors<br />

in District Offices. <br />

The staff in pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

development in the Provincial<br />

Office should be strengthened with<br />

the addition <strong>of</strong> new staff <br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

The enrichment and sustenance<br />

<strong>of</strong> structures and processes to<br />

allow schools and districts to<br />

ensure that the content and<br />

principles <strong>of</strong> the new curriculum<br />

are well understood and effectively<br />

applied<br />

Full implementation <strong>of</strong> RNCS and<br />

NCS<br />

Orientation and further training <strong>of</strong><br />

educators to be able to<br />

successfully implement RNCS<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.4<br />

Human Resource Development<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide departmental services<br />

for the pr<strong>of</strong>essional and other<br />

development <strong>of</strong> educators and<br />

non-educators in public ordinary<br />

schools.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

HRD is critical to the<br />

Transformation Agenda <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Province and the <strong>Department</strong>. It is<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the key pillars <strong>of</strong> the PGDP<br />

and a golden thread in all the<br />

policy initiatives <strong>of</strong> Government to<br />

engender economic and social<br />

transformation. The key here is<br />

that there are not enough<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essionals who are sufficiently<br />

qualified to meet the mandates <strong>of</strong> a<br />

visionary policy agenda, and<br />

undertake the increasingly complex<br />

responsibilities that it demands.<br />

Throughout the <strong>Department</strong> and<br />

throughout Government there is a<br />

sustained demand for people with<br />

the critical skills to make<br />

transformation work. HRD is the<br />

HRD in the <strong>Department</strong> operates<br />

within the framework <strong>of</strong> an<br />

established set <strong>of</strong> public policies,<br />

guidelines and legislation. Among<br />

the most critical, are the following:<br />

Skills Development Act<br />

Skills Development Levies Act<br />

National Human Resource<br />

Development Strategy<br />

Human Resource Development<br />

Strategy for the Eastern Cape<br />

Provincial <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

Public Service Regulations, 2004<br />

Provincial Growth and<br />

Development <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>of</strong> the Eastern<br />

Cape Government<br />

White Paper on <strong>Education</strong><br />

Transformation<br />

White Paper on Human<br />

Resource Development<br />

Reconstruction and Development<br />

<strong>Plan</strong><br />

Among the priorities for the 5-year<br />

period <strong>of</strong> the plan are the following:<br />

Contextualization <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong><br />

Training initiatives that are not<br />

linked to service delivery and<br />

transformation. <br />

The growing impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and<br />

AIDS on service delivery and the<br />

dire need for effective Employees<br />

Assistance Programme (EAP) <br />

The absence <strong>of</strong> a cohesive<br />

training strategy in the <strong>Department</strong><br />

within which all training initiatives<br />

are planned and delivered<br />

Insufficient funding for training, in<br />

spite <strong>of</strong> the funds that are available<br />

through the Skills Development<br />

Levy. <br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (1).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 36 Page 38


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

purveyor <strong>of</strong> skills so that this<br />

Agenda could be met.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

HRD within the National and<br />

Provincial Skills Development<br />

Agenda<br />

Contextualization <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong><br />

HRD within the plans and<br />

developments <strong>of</strong> the DoE as a<br />

whole.<br />

Train and support line managers<br />

to meet the <strong>Department</strong>’s<br />

objectives through the strategic<br />

use <strong>of</strong> HRD Services<br />

Create a more focused and<br />

cohesive delivery structure for<br />

HRD in the <strong>Department</strong><br />

Establish and sustain linkages<br />

between HRD, performance<br />

management and the productivity<br />

<strong>of</strong> staff<br />

Specify critical areas <strong>of</strong> training<br />

and development that should be<br />

undertaken in the <strong>Department</strong> in<br />

order to advance the welfare <strong>of</strong><br />

staff and create capacity to<br />

accelerate service delivery<br />

improvement<br />

Establish proper monitoring and<br />

evaluation strategies in HRD so<br />

that the impact <strong>of</strong> training could be<br />

assessed on an ongoing basis<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.5<br />

In-school Sport and Culture<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide additional and<br />

departmentally managed sporting<br />

and cultural activities in public<br />

ordinary schools<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.6<br />

Conditional Grants (SNP)<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide for projects under<br />

programme 2 specified by the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

funded by conditional grants<br />

The main legislation and policy<br />

instruments which are applicable to<br />

the School Nutrition Programme<br />

are as follows:<br />

Constitution <strong>of</strong> the Republic <strong>of</strong><br />

South Africa (Act No 108 <strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />

Inflexible menu<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> integration with local<br />

government initiatives<br />

Staffing Shortage as many<br />

vacancies in Districts have not<br />

been filled <br />

Unavailability <strong>of</strong> locally produced<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 39 37


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The Transformation Agenda<br />

signals opportunities or equity in<br />

achievement, and opportunities to<br />

build and empower communities<br />

for economic self-reliance. The<br />

SNP meets the need <strong>of</strong> the<br />

transformation agenda socially,<br />

educationally and economically.<br />

The School Nutrition Programme is<br />

essentially a poverty alleviation<br />

programme, and a programme<br />

which seeks to ensure that<br />

learners are not disadvantaged in<br />

learning because <strong>of</strong> nutritional<br />

deficiencies. Hungry children<br />

cannot attend in the classroom and<br />

they cannot learn. They must be<br />

provided with meals so that they<br />

have an equal chance <strong>of</strong> academic<br />

success. But this programme is<br />

also a vehicle through which a<br />

social agenda is advanced and<br />

economic empowerment is an<br />

intended result.<br />

With over R200 million expended<br />

on SNP per year, a rich opportunity<br />

is provided to empower people and<br />

their small businesses and enrich<br />

local economies. As a result, the<br />

transformational agenda <strong>of</strong> SNP is<br />

served, the employment <strong>of</strong> 5140<br />

meal servers, the use <strong>of</strong> 35 active<br />

community baking projects and,<br />

among others, the involvement <strong>of</strong><br />

over 105 small, medium and micro<br />

enterprises in distributing food<br />

supplies. Community-based<br />

cooperatives are to be engaged<br />

from 1 April 20<strong>06</strong>.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

International Children’s Rights<br />

Charter<br />

National <strong>Education</strong>al Policy Act<br />

(Act No 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />

South African Schools Act (No 84<br />

<strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />

Norms and Standards for<br />

Funding <strong>of</strong> Public Schools, General<br />

Notice 2362 <strong>of</strong> 12 October 1998<br />

Cabinet Resolution <strong>of</strong> January<br />

2002 which directed that SNP<br />

should be administered by the<br />

ECDoE in future<br />

Integrated Food Security<br />

Programme <strong>of</strong> the PGDP<br />

The Transformation Agenda <strong>of</strong><br />

the Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Education</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-2014<br />

The following key priorities are<br />

noted as critical areas <strong>of</strong> focus for<br />

the <strong>Department</strong> over the next 5<br />

years.<br />

To ensure adequate access to<br />

the School Nutrition Programme by<br />

targeted schools<br />

To ensure sustainability <strong>of</strong> SNP<br />

through the setting up <strong>of</strong> food<br />

gardens or other food security<br />

initiatives that are supported by<br />

other partners and by school<br />

communities<br />

Finalization <strong>of</strong> a school feeding<br />

model which reflects a<br />

comprehensive and integrated<br />

School Nutrition strategy that<br />

effectively benefits the school, its<br />

learners and its community<br />

To ensure strengthening <strong>of</strong><br />

nutrition education in the school<br />

curriculum and among parents<br />

and the rest <strong>of</strong> the community<br />

serviced by the schools<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

food supplies.<br />

Inadequate Infrastructure<br />

Diminishing Local Capacity<br />

Programme inefficiencies in the<br />

areas <strong>of</strong> poor quality foodstuffs and<br />

late deliveries<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> funds to feed all<br />

deserving learners<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

The programme is being used to<br />

give learners an equal chance to<br />

succeed, to transform lives through<br />

nutritional education and to<br />

empower people and their local<br />

economies by <strong>of</strong>fering economic<br />

opportunities, also promoting food<br />

security.<br />

To strengthen monitoring and<br />

evaluation and impact studies as a<br />

basis for enhancing the efficiency,<br />

effectiveness and sustainability <strong>of</strong><br />

the School Nutrition Programme<br />

The programme has significant<br />

benefits. Among them are the<br />

following:<br />

Improved learner attendance and<br />

academic performance<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (1).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 38 Page 40


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

Contribution to poverty alleviation<br />

and to the economic welfare <strong>of</strong><br />

local communities<br />

Contributing to sound eating<br />

habits <strong>of</strong> learners, parents and<br />

communities through nutrition<br />

education<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 41 39


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

PROGRAMME 3<br />

Independent Schools In particular, schools are expected Schools that are operating<br />

to comply with the equity and<br />

quality criteria in Goals 1 and 3 <strong>of</strong><br />

without being registered by the<br />

ECDoE. <br />

Purpose: the Transformation Agenda and the Low funding for Independent<br />

To support independent schools in <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>. Specific priorities Schools <br />

accordance with the South African related to independent schools are<br />

High failure rate in independent<br />

Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong> as follows:<br />

schools. <br />

1996) This includes subprogramme<br />

3.1, Primary and Sub- independent schools add value to<br />

Ensure that the approved<br />

Programme 3.2, Secondary Phase. the education system<br />

Transformational Focus<br />

Independent schools expand the<br />

field <strong>of</strong> opportunities for children<br />

and youth to receive an education.<br />

In some geographic communities,<br />

opportunities for education are<br />

sometimes limited. Sometimes this<br />

occurs because <strong>of</strong> the absence <strong>of</strong><br />

school facilities. But sometimes<br />

independent schools are<br />

established when the available<br />

schools are too crowded or too far<br />

geographically, or when parents<br />

are not satisfied with the quality <strong>of</strong><br />

the education rendered.<br />

Independent schools have a<br />

transformational focus when they<br />

expand the field <strong>of</strong> opportunities,<br />

when they provide quality<br />

education to previously<br />

marginalized groups and when the<br />

<strong>of</strong>fer opportunities for education in<br />

Mathematics, Science and<br />

Technology when such<br />

opportunities would not be<br />

otherwise available.<br />

To strive to attain the level <strong>of</strong><br />

funding which is in line with the<br />

norms and standards<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

It must be ensured, however, that<br />

these schools <strong>of</strong>fer education<br />

programmes <strong>of</strong> an acceptable<br />

standard, and that they do not<br />

serve functions or purposes that<br />

are inconsistent with the<br />

constitutional principles.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (2).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 40 Page 42


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

PROGRAMME 4<br />

Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />

Purpose:<br />

To support compulsory public<br />

education in special schools in<br />

accordance with the South African<br />

Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996) and White Paper 6 on<br />

inclusive education<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The key concept that is operational<br />

in a transformational focus for<br />

education is that no one should be<br />

excluded because <strong>of</strong><br />

circumstances over which they<br />

have no control. All citizens have<br />

the right to a high quality<br />

education. Sub-programme 4<br />

highlights and celebrates the fact<br />

that learners with disabilities –<br />

whatever their status – shall not be<br />

excluded. Inclusivity celebrates the<br />

notion that infrastructure must be<br />

put in place so that those who are<br />

challenged (physically, mentally or<br />

emotionally) must be educated<br />

alongside the rest unless their<br />

circumstances are so severe that<br />

they would be at a disadvantage.<br />

Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />

reaches out to all marginalized<br />

populations to give them an<br />

opportunity. This includes, among<br />

others, learners with disabilities,<br />

learners with learning difficulties,<br />

young <strong>of</strong>fenders, street children<br />

and out-<strong>of</strong>-school children and<br />

youth, among others.<br />

The issue here is that the available<br />

schools cannot accommodate all<br />

who are in need. The<br />

transformational vision is that no<br />

one who needs a place in the<br />

education system shall be<br />

excluded, exposed to poor quality<br />

services, or denied the opportunity<br />

to learn, grow and be empowered<br />

in the society.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

In school sport and culture for<br />

special schools<br />

Building and renovation <strong>of</strong> special<br />

schools as well as building <strong>of</strong> a<br />

reform school to accommodated<br />

sentenced learners<br />

Identify all out-<strong>of</strong>-school children<br />

and develop a database per<br />

category per district<br />

Place children (1377 out <strong>of</strong><br />

school, 2488 sentenced, 1565<br />

unsentenced and 2160 street<br />

children) in institutions over the<br />

next 5 years<br />

Reduction <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> out<strong>of</strong>-school<br />

children with disabilities<br />

on waiting lists at home<br />

Regulation <strong>of</strong> public special<br />

schools on private property<br />

Ensure that the <strong>Department</strong><br />

implements the plan submitted to<br />

the court in respect <strong>of</strong> case<br />

numbers<br />

Provide infrastructure according<br />

to needs as reflected on database<br />

Phase out schools that do not<br />

qualify in terms <strong>of</strong> White Paper 6<br />

Implement training and<br />

development <strong>of</strong> educators and noneducators<br />

to meet the needs <strong>of</strong><br />

learners<br />

Implement targeted resourcing <strong>of</strong><br />

special schools in previously<br />

disadvantaged areas (rural<br />

schools) in respect <strong>of</strong> transport and<br />

staffing and other areas<br />

Rationalization <strong>of</strong> institutions to<br />

serve the needs <strong>of</strong> the children as<br />

reflected on database<br />

Rationalization <strong>of</strong> institutions to<br />

serve the needs <strong>of</strong> the children as<br />

reflected on database<br />

White paper 6 – Mobilization <strong>of</strong><br />

out <strong>of</strong> school children and youth<br />

including children with disabilities,<br />

street children, children in conflict<br />

with the law (in prisons and<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

Mobilization <strong>of</strong> out-<strong>of</strong>-school<br />

children presents a major<br />

challenge<br />

Insufficient resources to<br />

learners in rural areas<br />

There is a long waiting list <strong>of</strong><br />

learners with special needs who do<br />

not have access to schooling<br />

Difficulty in securing and<br />

retaining teaching and nonteaching<br />

staff<br />

Insufficient advocacy on the<br />

inclusive model <strong>of</strong> education<br />

Need to capacitate educators in<br />

general education with skills to<br />

serve learners with special needs<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 43 41


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

awaiting trial children in places <strong>of</strong><br />

safety)<br />

Strengthening the special schools<br />

as resource centres<br />

Institutions reflecting the<br />

demographics <strong>of</strong> the country,<br />

meeting the standards laid down in<br />

the Constitution, SA Schools Act<br />

and White Paper 6<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

Resourcing special schools in<br />

respect <strong>of</strong> transport, staffing and<br />

infrastructure<br />

Advocacy campaign on inclusive<br />

education<br />

Identify all out-<strong>of</strong>-school children<br />

and develop a database per<br />

category per district<br />

Place 1377 children identified in<br />

rural areas in institutions<br />

Place 10% <strong>of</strong> 2488 sentenced<br />

<strong>of</strong>fenders in reform schools and<br />

make provision for 1565<br />

unsentenced<br />

Provide 50% <strong>of</strong> the identified<br />

construction and 100% <strong>of</strong> identified<br />

renovation needs<br />

Phase out schools that do not<br />

qualify<br />

Training <strong>of</strong> educators and noneducators<br />

Staffing and transport provision in<br />

special schools<br />

Look for partnerships to deal with<br />

some <strong>of</strong> these challenges<br />

Linking with other government<br />

departments and social partners<br />

Establishment <strong>of</strong> the former<br />

Sigcau College <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> to be<br />

renovated to accommodate out-<strong>of</strong>school<br />

children <strong>of</strong> the Lusikisiki<br />

District<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 42 Page 44


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

PROGRAMME 5<br />

Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide Further <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training (FET) at public FET<br />

Colleges in accordance with the<br />

Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Act, 1998 (Act No 98 <strong>of</strong> 1998)<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The FET Sector has emerged as<br />

the new focus area for bridging the<br />

gap between school and work.<br />

There is a major expectation that<br />

FET will be responsive to labour<br />

market needs in its programming<br />

and thereby make youth more<br />

employable. It will not only relieve<br />

the significant unemployment<br />

problem among youth, but it will<br />

supply the skills needs <strong>of</strong> the<br />

economy.<br />

The FET Sector has emerged as<br />

the new focus area for bridging the<br />

gap between school and work.<br />

There is a major expectation that<br />

FET will be responsive to labour<br />

market needs in its programming<br />

and thereby make youth more<br />

employable. It will not only relieve<br />

the significant unemployment<br />

problem among youth, but it will<br />

supply the skills needs <strong>of</strong> the<br />

economy.<br />

The transformational focus here,<br />

however, is determining who gets<br />

the opportunity to be educated and<br />

become employed. To what extent<br />

can marginalized groups gain entry<br />

into these FET institutions, and if<br />

they do, to what extent do they<br />

succeed, or graduate in a timely<br />

manner? There is a sense that<br />

some previously marginalized<br />

learners have difficulty in<br />

succeeding in their programmes<br />

and, when they are successful they<br />

have difficulty getting jobs.<br />

The FET Sector must set up the<br />

necessary infrastructure so that all<br />

can succeed with the support<br />

structures that will be made<br />

available.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

The priorities for FET grow out <strong>of</strong><br />

its centrality to the Development<br />

Agenda <strong>of</strong> the Province and the<br />

nation. Among the critical priorities<br />

to be pursued within the next five<br />

years are the following:<br />

Alignment <strong>of</strong> the programmes <strong>of</strong><br />

FET colleges to the needs <strong>of</strong> the<br />

economy, including the EPWP<br />

Mobilization and provision <strong>of</strong><br />

adequate resources<br />

Rendering sufficient institutional<br />

support and guidance for the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> FET colleges, and<br />

the enhancement <strong>of</strong> the<br />

effectiveness and efficiency <strong>of</strong> their<br />

structures, systems and<br />

procedures.<br />

Ensuring that colleges are<br />

sensitive and responsive to the<br />

social needs and transformation<br />

agenda <strong>of</strong> the Province and the<br />

<strong>Department</strong><br />

Training and retraining <strong>of</strong> FET<br />

college personnel so that they<br />

enhance their capacity to<br />

undertake their responsibilities<br />

More extensive use <strong>of</strong><br />

learnerships as a vehicle to bridge<br />

the gap between education and<br />

employment and enhance the<br />

practical value <strong>of</strong> vocational and<br />

technical programmes<br />

Development <strong>of</strong> Human<br />

Resource capacity in line with the<br />

National HRD Strategy and the<br />

PGDP<br />

Re-equip and recapitalize FET to<br />

be effective and responsive<br />

Increased access to historically<br />

disadvantaged groups in the FET<br />

system<br />

Enhanced student support<br />

services, especially for<br />

marginalized groups<br />

To build partnerships as a<br />

strategy for enhancing the services<br />

<strong>of</strong> FET<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

Constraints in the FET Sector as<br />

a result <strong>of</strong> diverse institutional<br />

<strong>of</strong>ferings and a post provisioning<br />

model that is not appropriate<br />

Shortage <strong>of</strong> furniture and<br />

outdated equipment in workshops<br />

and laboratories<br />

Exams may not be properly<br />

monitored because <strong>of</strong> the shortage<br />

<strong>of</strong> staff<br />

Not all campuses have academic<br />

structures<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> enough resources to<br />

respond to the distinctiveness <strong>of</strong><br />

the FET Sector<br />

The absence <strong>of</strong> a national<br />

curriculum framework for the FET<br />

Sector<br />

Curriculum materials in FET must<br />

be updated to meet the<br />

requirements <strong>of</strong> the world <strong>of</strong> work<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 45 43


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

-<br />

Purpose<br />

Transformational Focus<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

Effective integration <strong>of</strong> ABET and<br />

FET Effective college integration programmes <strong>of</strong> ABET for and<br />

FET beneficiaries college programmes to participate for in the<br />

beneficiaries <strong>Education</strong>al Provisioning to participate and in the Local<br />

<strong>Education</strong>al Economic Development Provisioning Initiative and Local<br />

Economic and the EPWP Development Initiative<br />

and the EPWP<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

OVERVIEW AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

PROGRAMME 6<br />

PROGRAMME Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> 6 and ABET is a critical priority on the The curriculum employed in<br />

Adult Training Basic <strong>Education</strong> and ABET agenda is <strong>of</strong> a critical government. priority It on is the ABET The curriculum is not suitable employed for most in adult<br />

Training<br />

agenda highlighted <strong>of</strong> government. in educational It policies, is ABET learners is not who suitable need practical for most and adult<br />

highlighted in the National in educational Skills Development<br />

Purpose:<br />

policies, learners skills-based who projects need practical that can and<br />

in Strategy the National (NSDS), Skills in the Development Provincial<br />

Purpose:<br />

skills-based prepare them projects for employment<br />

To provide Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong><br />

that can<br />

Strategy Growth and (NSDS), Development in the Provincial <strong>Plan</strong>, prepare them for employment<br />

To and provide Training Adult (ABET) Basic in accordance <strong>Education</strong><br />

Growth the National and Development Human Resource <strong>Plan</strong>, in<br />

There is little collaboration<br />

and with Training the Adult (ABET) Basic <strong>Education</strong> in accordance Act,<br />

the Development National Human Strategy Resource and a part <strong>of</strong> among There the is little many collaboration public and private<br />

with 2000 the (Act Adult No 52 Basic <strong>of</strong> 2000). <strong>Education</strong> Act,<br />

Development various social Strategy and community and a part <strong>of</strong> among entities the that many run ABET public and private<br />

2000 (Act No 52 <strong>of</strong> 2000).<br />

various development social initiatives. and community The entities programmes. that run It ABET is difficult to<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

development private sector, initiatives. response The to programmes. assess the impact It is difficult <strong>of</strong> these to<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

private national sector, policy initiatives, response has to also assess programmes the impact or the <strong>of</strong> reduction these <strong>of</strong><br />

national implemented policy ABET initiatives, programmes. has also programmes illiteracy in the or Province the reduction <strong>of</strong><br />

According to the 2001 Census, In implemented this respect, ABET ABET programmes.<br />

extends way illiteracy in the Province<br />

According 63.6% <strong>of</strong> households to the 2001 in Census, the In beyond this respect, the authority ABET and extends control way <strong>of</strong> Many illiterate adults do not seek<br />

63.6% Province <strong>of</strong> live households in poverty; in the 36.5% beyond the <strong>Department</strong>. the authority As a and result, control it is <strong>of</strong> education Many illiterate because adults <strong>of</strong> uncertainty, do not seek<br />

Province have no more live in than poverty; a primary 36.5% the essential <strong>Department</strong>. to ensure As that a result, public it and is education lack <strong>of</strong> infrastructure because <strong>of</strong> and uncertainty, lack <strong>of</strong><br />

have education no more and than 50% a <strong>of</strong> primary the<br />

essential private ABET to ensure initiatives that are public and lack confidence <strong>of</strong> infrastructure and lack <strong>of</strong><br />

education population and is estimated 50% <strong>of</strong> the as illiterate. private coordinated, ABET monitored initiatives and are confidence<br />

Absence <strong>of</strong> a Provincial structure<br />

population The unemployment is estimated rate as is illiterate. 53.7% coordinated, orchestrated monitored as part <strong>of</strong> an and agenda<br />

to Absence monitor and <strong>of</strong> a manage Provincial ABET structure<br />

The with unemployment youth (between rate 18 and is 53.7% 25) orchestrated to eradicate illiteracy as part <strong>of</strong> and an reduce agenda it<br />

to provided monitor in and the manage Public Sector ABET<br />

with unemployment youth (between estimated 18 and at 25) 81%. to by eradicate at least 50% illiteracy by 2010. and reduce In this it provided Lack <strong>of</strong> in funds the Public for a massive Sector<br />

unemployment This represents estimated an unenviable at 81%. by respect, at least the 50% following by 2010. priorities In this are<br />

campaign Lack <strong>of</strong> funds on illiteracy for a massive<br />

This state represents <strong>of</strong> underdevelopment an unenviable and respect, highlighted. the following priorities are campaign The needs on <strong>of</strong> illiteracy disabled learners<br />

state disadvantagement <strong>of</strong> underdevelopment in the Province. and highlighted.<br />

Reduction <strong>of</strong> illiteracy to 50% by<br />

who The need needs ABET <strong>of</strong> disabled are not being learners<br />

disadvantagement As many as 52% <strong>of</strong> in the the learners Province. 2014 Reduction – that is <strong>of</strong> ± illiteracy 60,000 per to 50% annum by who addressed need ABET are not being<br />

As who many start as school 52% in <strong>of</strong> the the Province learners do 2014 Implementation – that is ± 60,000 <strong>of</strong> poverty per annum addressed Lack <strong>of</strong> clear Recognition <strong>of</strong> Prior<br />

who not complete start school school in the with Province a Matric do alleviation Implementation programmes <strong>of</strong> poverty through Learning Lack <strong>of</strong> (RPL) clear Recognition guidelines for <strong>of</strong> Prior<br />

not Certificate. complete school with a Matric<br />

alleviation ABET programmes through Learning ABET (RPL) guidelines for<br />

Certificate.<br />

ABET To provide more spaces in public ABET There is no credible assessment<br />

ABET To provide centres more in accordance spaces in public with policy There for is ABET no credible assessment<br />

ABET policycentres in accordance with<br />

policy Lack for <strong>of</strong> ABET a moral agenda in life<br />

policy<br />

skills Lack education <strong>of</strong> a moral agenda in life<br />

Establishment <strong>of</strong> day centres in<br />

skills education<br />

This dismal picture means that a selected Establishment communities<br />

Multi-purpose centres are not<br />

<strong>of</strong> day centres in<br />

This significant dismal portion picture <strong>of</strong> means the population that a selected communities<br />

being Multi-purpose adequately centres used for<br />

Develop and implement<br />

are the not<br />

significant in the Province portion is without <strong>of</strong> the population a proper appropriate being promotion adequately <strong>of</strong> ABET. used for the<br />

Develop and curricula implement in line with<br />

in education the Province and will is without have no a proper<br />

promotion <strong>of</strong> ABET.<br />

appropriate PGDP curricula in line with<br />

education opportunity and to secure will have good no jobs,<br />

PGDP Expansion <strong>of</strong> reach <strong>of</strong> ABET<br />

opportunity earn decent to salaries, secure participate good jobs, in<br />

through<br />

earn a vibrant decent economy salaries, and participate advance in Expansion implementation <strong>of</strong> reach <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> ABET the<br />

a their vibrant welfare economy and that and <strong>of</strong> advance their through Provincial implementation Literacy Programme <strong>of</strong> the<br />

their families. welfare Many and will that have <strong>of</strong> their no access Provincial To pilot and Literacy implement Programme open<br />

families. to “the better Many life will for have all” that no access is learning To pilot strategy and implement in formal open and<br />

to envisioned. “the better life for all” that is learning informal strategy learning in sites formal and<br />

envisioned.<br />

The National Skills Development informal Implementation learning sites <strong>of</strong> poverty <br />

The National Skills Development Implementation <strong>of</strong> poverty <br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (2).doc Page 44<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 ECDoE <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (2).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 44 Page 46<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

Strategy asserts that ABET is the<br />

first rung on the ladder for all to<br />

participate in a seamless<br />

qualification system to secure an<br />

education to whatever level they<br />

wish. ABET, for many, is the<br />

gateway to opportunity through<br />

which underdevelopment and<br />

deprivation <strong>of</strong> the past could be<br />

addressed.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

alleviation programmes in all<br />

districts and nodal points<br />

Development <strong>of</strong> modular skills<br />

based programmes. <br />

Implementation <strong>of</strong> learnerships <br />

Incorporation <strong>of</strong> HIV/AIDS and<br />

voter education in curriculum, and <br />

Acquisition <strong>of</strong> appropriate LSM<br />

for ABET<br />

Effective integration <strong>of</strong> ABET and<br />

FET college programmes for<br />

beneficiaries to fully participate in<br />

the <strong>Education</strong>al Provisioning and<br />

Local Development Initiative and<br />

the EPWP<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

<br />

PROGRAMME 7<br />

Early Childhood Development<br />

(ECD)<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide Early Childhood<br />

<strong>Education</strong> (ECD) at the Grade R<br />

and earlier levels in accordance<br />

with White Paper 5<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

ECD is important in creating a new<br />

future that provides opportunities<br />

for all. It is well established that<br />

the foundation for academic<br />

achievement and excellence is laid<br />

in the early years <strong>of</strong> life. Research<br />

has established that learners in<br />

Primary and High Schools who<br />

have had the benefit <strong>of</strong> a sound<br />

pre-school or early childhood<br />

education out-perform their<br />

counterparts who have not had<br />

such opportunities. This means<br />

that equity in opportunity to<br />

achieve academically (Goal 1 <strong>of</strong><br />

the Transformation Agenda)<br />

begins, not with Primary <strong>Education</strong>,<br />

but with ECD. Some <strong>of</strong> the most<br />

critical developmental and<br />

transformational strategies <strong>of</strong><br />

Government (HRD Strategy,<br />

PGDP) highlight the importance <strong>of</strong><br />

ECD in preparing for a sound<br />

future economically and socially.<br />

Advancing the welfare <strong>of</strong> all for<br />

ECD is a key component <strong>of</strong> the<br />

National and Provincial HRD<br />

Strategy and is considered as one<br />

<strong>of</strong> the pillars <strong>of</strong> the PGDP. One <strong>of</strong><br />

the pivotal considerations for<br />

effective ECD delivery is to ensure<br />

that the full cohort <strong>of</strong> 5 and 6 year<br />

olds is in some form <strong>of</strong> high quality<br />

ECD centre. As part <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Transformational Agenda <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Department</strong>, it is particularly<br />

important to ensure that residents<br />

<strong>of</strong> rural, difficult to access and<br />

disadvantaged areas also have<br />

access to ECD centres <strong>of</strong> high<br />

quality<br />

In compliance with White Paper 5<br />

– all learners must have gone<br />

through a reception year<br />

programme by year 2010<br />

By 2010 all primary schools must<br />

have a reception (Grade R) class<br />

All community based centres<br />

must be incorporated into all<br />

primary schools<br />

All ECD practitioners must go<br />

through the 2-year practitioners<br />

course<br />

All approved sites must have<br />

appropriate furniture and<br />

equipment<br />

Infrastructure budget to<br />

incorporate a Grade R class for<br />

each primary school where<br />

necessary<br />

ECD centres do not submit<br />

compliance forms in time and, as a<br />

result, their payment is delayed<br />

There is understaffing in the ECD<br />

Directorate<br />

There are still large numbers <strong>of</strong><br />

unqualified ECD practitioners as a<br />

result <strong>of</strong> accelerated rollout <strong>of</strong> ECD<br />

sites over the years.<br />

Many ECD sites are poorly<br />

managed. This eventually affects<br />

the quality <strong>of</strong> their programmes<br />

The lack <strong>of</strong> funding results in the<br />

slow development and<br />

implementation <strong>of</strong> ECD<br />

programmes<br />

Effective linkage <strong>of</strong> ECD and the<br />

EPWP<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 47 45


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

- tomorrow Transformational means that Focus full<br />

tomorrow participation means in ECD that today full must be<br />

participation ensured. in ECD today must be<br />

ensured.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

In order to meet the 2010 target<br />

the In <strong>Department</strong> order to meet has the to 2010 ensure target that<br />

the <strong>Department</strong> reception class has is to implemented<br />

ensure that<br />

the at all reception primary schools class is implemented<br />

at a rate <strong>of</strong><br />

at 1000 all primary sites per schools annumat a rate <strong>of</strong><br />

1000 sites per annum<br />

National Government identified<br />

ECD National as an Government area for sustainable identified job<br />

ECD creation as an in the area social for sustainable sector <strong>of</strong> the job<br />

creation Expanded in Public the social Works sector <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Expanded Programme Public (EPWP) Works<br />

Programme (EPWP)<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

OVERVIEW AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

PROGRAMME 8<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 8 8.2<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

Conditional Grants Projects<br />

8.2<br />

(HIV<br />

Conditional and Aids) Grants Projects (HIV<br />

and Aids)<br />

Purpose:<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide for projects specified by<br />

To the provide <strong>Department</strong> for projects that is applicable specified by<br />

the to more <strong>Department</strong> than one that programme is applicable and<br />

to funded more with than conditional one programme grants and<br />

funded with conditional grants<br />

The objective <strong>of</strong> the HIV and Aids<br />

The sub-programme objective <strong>of</strong> the is to HIV develop and Aids and<br />

sub-programme implement an integrated is to develop and intersectoral<br />

approach an integrated that provides and inter-<br />

and<br />

implement<br />

sectoral education, approach prevention, that care provides and<br />

education, support to the prevention, infected care and affected and<br />

support learners, to educators the infected and and parents. affected<br />

learners, educators and parents.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

HIV and Aids is the greatest threat<br />

HIV to the and welfare Aids is and the security greatest <strong>of</strong> threat<br />

to families the welfare and communities, and security and <strong>of</strong> it is<br />

families one <strong>of</strong> the and public communities, issues which and can it is<br />

one significantly <strong>of</strong> the public undermine issues the which can<br />

significantly development undermine agenda <strong>of</strong> the the nation<br />

development and that <strong>of</strong> the agenda Province. <strong>of</strong> the The nation<br />

and <strong>Education</strong> that <strong>of</strong> Sector the Province. is most affected The<br />

<strong>Education</strong> by the pandemic. Sector is The most number affected <strong>of</strong><br />

by individuals the pandemic. who are The infected number and <strong>of</strong><br />

individuals affected by who HIV are and infected Aids the and<br />

affected <strong>Department</strong> by HIV is increasing and Aids in daily. the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> The rate <strong>of</strong> absenteeism increasing through daily.<br />

The illness rate has <strong>of</strong> increased absenteeism and through there is a<br />

illness constant has deterioration increased and in the there is a<br />

constant complement deterioration <strong>of</strong> teaching personnel. the<br />

complement One <strong>of</strong> the effects <strong>of</strong> teaching <strong>of</strong> this personnel. is the<br />

One ongoing <strong>of</strong> the struggle effects to <strong>of</strong> maintain this is the a<br />

ongoing level <strong>of</strong> staffing struggle and to maintain staff a<br />

level attendance <strong>of</strong> staffing that and can staff ensure an<br />

attendance adequate level that <strong>of</strong> can service ensure delivery an<br />

adequate level <strong>of</strong> service delivery<br />

Addressing the HIV and Aids<br />

Addressing pandemic is the <strong>of</strong> high HIV and priority Aids<br />

pandemic nationally and is <strong>of</strong> provincially. high priority The<br />

nationally response to and this provincially. pandemic is The not<br />

response framed in to one this overarching pandemic policy is not<br />

framed document, in one but overarching runs as a golden policy<br />

document, thread or common but runs developmental<br />

as a golden<br />

thread theme through or common all policies developmental <strong>of</strong><br />

theme government. through The all policies intent is <strong>of</strong> a multidimensional<br />

approach The intent which is a multi-<br />

government.<br />

dimensional mobilizes the approach resources which and<br />

mobilizes capabilities the <strong>of</strong> resources agencies to and impact<br />

capabilities the pandemic. <strong>of</strong> agencies Few <strong>Department</strong>s to impact<br />

the are pandemic. as well positioned Few <strong>Department</strong>s as the<br />

are <strong>Department</strong> as well positioned <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> as the to have<br />

<strong>Department</strong> an impact on <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Education</strong> crisis. to have<br />

an impact on the crisis.<br />

It is in line with this sentiment that<br />

It the is HIV in line and with Aids this activities sentiment in this that<br />

the programme HIV and forge Aids activities the activities in this <strong>of</strong><br />

programme many directorates forge the and activities institutions <strong>of</strong><br />

many into a concerted directorates and and unified institutions<br />

into approach. a concerted HIV and and Aids unified is critical<br />

approach. to the curriculum HIV and development Aids is critical and<br />

to management the curriculum activities development <strong>of</strong> the and<br />

management <strong>Department</strong>, as activities well as <strong>of</strong> the the<br />

<strong>Department</strong>, activities <strong>of</strong> EAP, as well HRD, as the <strong>Education</strong><br />

activities Management <strong>of</strong> EAP, Development HRD, <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Management Governance, among Development others. and In this<br />

Governance, light, the activities among <strong>of</strong> this others. In this<br />

light, programme the activities are framed <strong>of</strong> this within<br />

programme strategic goal are 8 <strong>of</strong> framed the within<br />

strategic Transformation goal 8 Agenda <strong>of</strong> the and the<br />

Transformation <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> which Agenda focuses and the on<br />

<strong>Strategic</strong> the social <strong>Plan</strong> issues which which focuses affect on<br />

the schools social and issues schooling which in affect<br />

schools communities. and schooling in<br />

communities.<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> Organizational<br />

Integration. Lack <strong>of</strong> Organizational<br />

HIV and Aids is still<br />

Integration. treated as an HIV add-on. and Aids is still<br />

treated as an add-on.<br />

The non-sharing <strong>of</strong> information<br />

with The new non-sharing cohorts <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> learners information if<br />

with advocacy new cohorts is not continuing. <strong>of</strong> learners if<br />

advocacy is not continuing.<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> a coherent wellness<br />

programme Lack <strong>of</strong> a coherent which emphasizes wellness<br />

programme healthy living which habits emphasizes<br />

healthy living habits<br />

Slow pace <strong>of</strong> tender processes<br />

delays Slow the pace accelerated <strong>of</strong> tender processes<br />

delays implementation the accelerated <strong>of</strong> programmes<br />

implementation <strong>of</strong> programmes<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> IT equipment to manage<br />

and Lack monitor <strong>of</strong> IT equipment projects to manage<br />

and monitor projects<br />

Shortage <strong>of</strong> staff<br />

Shortage <strong>of</strong> staff<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (2).doc Page 46<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (2).doc March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 46 Page 48


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

in our <strong>of</strong>fices and institutions. It is<br />

- Purpose<br />

necessary to ensure that we have<br />

- adequate Transformational levels <strong>of</strong> staffing Focus in order<br />

in to our maintain <strong>of</strong>fices an and acceptable institutions. level It <strong>of</strong> is<br />

necessary service delivery. to ensure that we have<br />

adequate levels <strong>of</strong> staffing in order<br />

We must also ensure that those<br />

to maintain an acceptable level <strong>of</strong><br />

who are infected and affected are<br />

service delivery.<br />

not marginalized. In this regard,<br />

We special must attention also ensure must that be given those to<br />

who orphans are infected who attend and schools, affected and are<br />

not children marginalized. who are forced In this to regard, assume<br />

special responsibility attention for must their families. be given to<br />

orphans who attend schools, and<br />

children who are forced to assume<br />

responsibility for their families.<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 8.4<br />

External Examinations<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME Purpose:<br />

8.4<br />

External<br />

To provide<br />

Examinations<br />

for special<br />

departmentally managed<br />

Purpose: examination services. Specifically,<br />

To the provide programme for special seeks to provide<br />

departmentally an effective and managed efficient external<br />

examination services. for grade 12, Specifically, GET and<br />

the ABET programme seeks to provide<br />

an effective and efficient external<br />

examination for grade 12, GET and<br />

ABET<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

Learner assessment has always<br />

Transformational been a critical area Focus: <strong>of</strong> focus in<br />

education. Its importance arises<br />

Learner from its role assessment the gate-keeper has always in<br />

been differentiating a critical between area <strong>of</strong> focus those in who<br />

education. are competent Its importance enough to be arises<br />

from certified its role and as those the who gate-keeper have not in<br />

differentiating achieved the desired between level those <strong>of</strong> who<br />

are competence, competent and enough from its to be role as<br />

certified an overall and measure those who <strong>of</strong> the have not<br />

achieved performance the <strong>of</strong> desired the <strong>Department</strong>. level <strong>of</strong> In<br />

competence, this regard there and are from four its role as<br />

transformational overall measure issues <strong>of</strong> the for<br />

performance reflection which <strong>of</strong> the may <strong>Department</strong>. warrant the In<br />

this <strong>Department</strong> regard there to occasionally are four revisit<br />

transformational what it does. issues for<br />

reflection which may warrant the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> to occasionally revisit<br />

what it does.<br />

The POLICIES bond between AND school PRIORITIES and<br />

community, the adequate<br />

preparation <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />

The and the bond establishment between school <strong>of</strong> the and<br />

community, appropriate policy the adequate framework and<br />

preparation organizational <strong>of</strong> human processes resources to<br />

and respond the establishment to HIV and Aids <strong>of</strong> are the all<br />

appropriate critical features policy and framework priorities <strong>of</strong> and this<br />

organizational programme. processes to<br />

respond to HIV and Aids are all<br />

critical features and priorities <strong>of</strong> this<br />

programme.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

The activities, processes and<br />

standards relating to and governing<br />

examinations and assessment are<br />

The framed activities, in the following processes legislation and<br />

standards key policy relating documents: to and governing<br />

examinations and assessment are<br />

framed South in African the following Schools legislation Act, 1996<br />

(Act and key No 84 policy <strong>of</strong> 1996) documents: (SASA)<br />

<br />

South Further African <strong>Education</strong> Schools and Act, Training 1996<br />

(Act (FET), No 841998 <strong>of</strong> 1996) (Act(SASA)<br />

No 98 <strong>of</strong><br />

1998) <br />

<br />

Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Act Adult (FET), Basic 1998 <strong>Education</strong> (Act No and 98 <strong>of</strong><br />

Training 1998) Act (ABET), 2000 (Act No<br />

52 <strong>of</strong> 2000) <br />

Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training National Act <strong>Education</strong> (ABET), 2000 Policy (Act No<br />

52 (NEPA), <strong>of</strong> 2000) 1996 (Act No 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />

<br />

National General and <strong>Education</strong> Further Policy <strong>Education</strong> Act<br />

(NEPA), and Training 1996 Quality (Act No Assurance 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996) Act<br />

(GENFETQA), <br />

2001 (Act No 58 <strong>of</strong><br />

2001) General and Further <strong>Education</strong><br />

and Training Quality Assurance Act<br />

(GENFETQA), Regulations for 2001 the Conduct, (Act No 58 <strong>of</strong><br />

2001) Administration and Management <strong>of</strong><br />

Assessment <br />

for the Senior<br />

Certificate Regulations for the Conduct,<br />

Administration Among the priorities and Management <strong>of</strong> the <strong>of</strong><br />

Assessment <strong>Department</strong> in for respect the Senior to<br />

Certificate examinations and assessment are<br />

Among the following: the priorities <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> in respect to<br />

examinations and assessment are<br />

the following:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> Staffing in the CASS Unit<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> proper Storage <strong>of</strong> Scripts<br />

Absence <strong>of</strong> Key Qualified Staff<br />

<br />

Lack<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong><br />

Key<br />

Staffing<br />

Staff<br />

in<br />

members<br />

the CASS Unit<br />

<br />

Lack<br />

Facilities<br />

<strong>of</strong> proper<br />

currently<br />

Storage<br />

inadequate<br />

<strong>of</strong> Scripts<br />

Absence <strong>of</strong> Key Qualified Staff<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong> Key Staff members<br />

Facilities currently inadequate<br />

<br />

<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (2).doc Page 47<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 49 47


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

The four issues are as follows:<br />

1.The structure, content and<br />

process <strong>of</strong> examinations are fair<br />

and unbiased and do not<br />

disadvantage or favour particular<br />

groups;<br />

2. Ensure that attention is not given<br />

to examination performance to the<br />

detriment <strong>of</strong> learning balanced<br />

development and effective skills<br />

acquisition;<br />

3. Ensure that exam logistics and<br />

administration do not disadvantage<br />

learners in the rural and difficult to<br />

access areas; and,<br />

4. that all learners have access to<br />

instruction and resources<br />

(including LTSM) that will<br />

adequately prepare them for<br />

examinations<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

Staff training for more efficient<br />

and effective work habits<br />

<br />

Attracting an keeping high calibre<br />

staff members through a structure<br />

that allows vertical career-pathing<br />

<br />

The following need to be put in<br />

place:<br />

Training assessors and<br />

moderators to conduct an<br />

outcomes-based quality<br />

improvement programme<br />

<br />

Question papers for the FETC<br />

external assessment to be ready<br />

18 months prior to the assessment<br />

date<br />

<br />

Development <strong>of</strong> a new IT system<br />

and population <strong>of</strong> the new system<br />

with data to be able to conduct a<br />

test run in good time<br />

<br />

Updated provincial policy<br />

documents and regulations need to<br />

be developed<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

p a r t B : p r o g r a m m e & s u b - p r o g r a m m e p l a n s<br />

<br />

<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> 5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (2).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 48 Page 50


5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 51


c o n t e n t s<br />

e a s t e r n c a p e d e p a r t m e n t o f<br />

EDUCATION<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 52


12. INTRODUCTION<br />

PART C: BACKGROUND INFORMATION<br />

While Section 3 <strong>of</strong> the plan presents details on each sub-programme and highlights where<br />

strategic objectives are placed both budget-wise and organizationally, Part C <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Strategic</strong><br />

<strong>Plan</strong> document is intended to provide the essential details about the background information<br />

upon which the plan is based. The purpose <strong>of</strong> this section <strong>of</strong> the document is to further<br />

contextualize the goals and objectives <strong>of</strong> the plan, to highlight the circumstances and issues<br />

from which planned priorities were derived, and to present the essential boundaries <strong>of</strong> activity<br />

within which the <strong>Department</strong> will operate in implementing the plan. This section <strong>of</strong> the plan is<br />

important both as a backdrop which gives meaning to the activities to be undertaken and as a<br />

guide which seeks to inform <strong>of</strong>ficials and stakeholders about the best way to manoeuvre<br />

among the activities and complexities which will define scope and context <strong>of</strong> delivery.<br />

This section <strong>of</strong> the plan is therefore divided into two main sections and several sub-sections.<br />

The sections and sub-sections are outlined below.<br />

13. ANALYSIS OF THE SERVICE DELIVERY ENVIRONMENT<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

Policy Changes and Trends<br />

Environmental factors and emerging challenges<br />

Demographic Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape<br />

Social Economic Deprivation in Eastern Cape Communities<br />

Analysis <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Education</strong>al System<br />

Demographic pressures and access issues<br />

<strong>Education</strong>al pr<strong>of</strong>iles <strong>of</strong> people<br />

Transfers to Institutions<br />

The state <strong>of</strong> Public Ordinary Schools education<br />

Independent Schools<br />

LSEN Schools<br />

FET<br />

ABET<br />

13.1 Policy Changes and Trends<br />

With the increased use <strong>of</strong> computer technology in more and more aspects <strong>of</strong> life, government<br />

recognized the need to pass legislation that would provide the framework for regulating<br />

electronic communications, such as email, and establish the legality <strong>of</strong> electronic business<br />

transactions. The Electronic Communications and Transactions Act (Act 25 <strong>of</strong> 2002)<br />

(ECT) provides for the facilitation and regulation <strong>of</strong> electronic communications and<br />

transactions; the development <strong>of</strong> a national e-strategy; universal access to electronic<br />

communications and transactions; human resource development in electronic transactions;<br />

the prevention <strong>of</strong> abuse <strong>of</strong> information systems; and to encourage the use <strong>of</strong> e-government<br />

services.<br />

This is an important act for educational institutions seen against the requirement to provide<br />

access to and training in the use <strong>of</strong> computers and to enable people to make the transition<br />

into the world <strong>of</strong> the Internet and other computer-based work methods.<br />

The e-<strong>Education</strong> Draft White Paper <strong>of</strong> the National <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> was published<br />

in August 2003. It has the overall policy goal that ‘Every South African learner in the general<br />

and further education and training bands will be “ICT capable” that is, use Information and<br />

Communications Technology (ICT) confidently and creatively by 2013.<br />

The relevant policy imperatives are set out under six strategic objectives:<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 53 Page 49


ICT pr<strong>of</strong>essional development <strong>of</strong> teachers, managers and administrators<br />

Electronic content resources for teaching and learning<br />

ICT infrastructure<br />

Connectivity to an educational network and the Internet<br />

Community engagement to share the resources with the wider community<br />

Research and development into new technologies, methodologies and techniques.<br />

Subsequent to the publication <strong>of</strong> the Draft White Paper was the requirement for all education<br />

departments to develop business plans to guide the implementation <strong>of</strong> the policy. The ECDoE<br />

produced and submitted costed business plan in March <strong>2005</strong>.<br />

This policy will have a major impact on teaching and learning as well as the administration in<br />

our schools.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

13.1.1 Quality Assurance<br />

Quality Assurance is a concept that originally comes from the private sector even though its<br />

relevance spans both the public and the private sector. Any organization that has a service or<br />

goods to deliver needs to have a mechanism in place to guarantee that the service or the<br />

goods will be in compliance with service or production standards that the organization itself<br />

shall have set for itself. Quality Assurance ensures that the organization will have a<br />

guaranteed niche, this niche being guaranteed by the extent to which quality defines the<br />

services or goods the organization is associated with.<br />

Quality as concept is a defining feature that sets an organization apart from others since it is a<br />

tool that promotes excellence. Quality also ensures compliance <strong>of</strong> performance with mutually<br />

agreed and set standards. There are quality principles and service standards that need to be<br />

agreed upon by organizations that aspire to a quality service for their identified customers and<br />

market. The global thrust for quality assurance is to establish within organizations a culture <strong>of</strong><br />

continuous improvement. The South African Excellence Framework presents a paradigm<br />

within which quality becomes a visible yet continuously aspired to goal. Quality Assurance<br />

initiatives are grounded in the National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act No.27 <strong>of</strong> 1996 (NEPA). NEPA<br />

created a legislative framework for both the Assessment Policy for the General <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training Band, Grades R – 9 and ABET which prescribes that Systemic Evaluation studies<br />

be conducted as well as the National Policy on Whole-school Evaluation (WSE)<br />

The focus for the <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong> as an organization in respect <strong>of</strong> quality assurance is<br />

both at system and school level with Systemic Evaluation being a tool that seeks to determine<br />

and measure the health <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Education</strong> system at exit points <strong>of</strong> the Foundation, Intermediate<br />

and the Senior Phases <strong>of</strong> the General <strong>Education</strong> and Training Band. The Grade 12 results for<br />

now are still a determining measure for the quality <strong>of</strong> the performance <strong>of</strong> the education<br />

system at the FET Phase. Whole-school Evaluation (WSE) focuses on the school system by<br />

monitoring and evaluating the extent to which curriculum provision takes place. This is done<br />

through a framework <strong>of</strong> nationally agreed criteria and guidelines. Nine nationally agreed areas<br />

for evaluation form the basis on which the performance <strong>of</strong> each school as unit <strong>of</strong> the system is<br />

evaluated. Whole-school Evaluation is now part <strong>of</strong> the Integrated Quality Management<br />

System (IQMS).<br />

Quality Management Systems, one <strong>of</strong> the mechanisms for assuring quality within education,<br />

brings in a feedback loop through which the recommendations flowing from Systemic<br />

Evaluation and Whole-school Evaluation are fed back into the system to guarantee<br />

continuous improvement in terms <strong>of</strong> the performance <strong>of</strong> the education system.<br />

The South African Excellence Foundation Model for quality service delivery provides a<br />

structure/framework on which our various service delivery modes as the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Education</strong> need to be located. Its fundamental concepts provide effective guidelines to take<br />

any organization on a sure path to realizing excellence in its service delivery.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to to 2009/10. 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 54 50


13.2 Environmental Factors and Emerging Challenges<br />

13.2.1 Infrastructure<br />

In 1996, the Schools’ Register <strong>of</strong> Needs recorded a backlog <strong>of</strong> 22 000 classrooms in our<br />

system. Between 1996 and 2004 all districts saw an increase in number <strong>of</strong> classrooms and a<br />

corresponding decrease in learner classroom ratio, particularly in the more rural districts <strong>of</strong><br />

Lusikisiki, Umzimkhulu, Bizana and Mount Frere. To date we have provided 11000<br />

classrooms across the Province but in the interim the backlog has swelled to 14,000<br />

classrooms. Indeed the adequate provision <strong>of</strong> classrooms will still remain a challenge in the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> for the next ten years.<br />

13.2.2 Learner Assessment<br />

The matriculation provincial pass rate has not yet stabilized.<br />

The pass rate increased from 51.9% in 2002, with an 8.1% rise to 60.0% in 2003. However<br />

this was followed by the disappointing drop <strong>of</strong> 6.5% to 53.5% in 2004. The Eastern Cape was<br />

the only province where the matric pass rate increased in <strong>2005</strong>, by 3.2% to 56.7%<br />

The smooth conduct and management <strong>of</strong> examinations has given credibility to the results<br />

over the last four to five years. In that period there has not been a single report <strong>of</strong> examination<br />

leakages or any impropriety in our Grade 12 examinations.<br />

In ABET level 4 learners surpassed all the provinces, will be strengthened each year. The<br />

annual increase in ABET learner numbers from 285 in 2001 to 522 in 2002, 669 in 2003 and<br />

911 in 2004 indicates the seriousness that the learners now attach to ABET in our province.<br />

13.2.3 FET College Sector<br />

The successful merger <strong>of</strong> the Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training (FET) Colleges from 25 to eight<br />

institutions, streamlined to meet the skills needs <strong>of</strong> the province, was a major achievement.<br />

The importance <strong>of</strong> this sector lies in its ability to address the human resource demands <strong>of</strong> our<br />

economy and a redefinition <strong>of</strong> the labour pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the province.<br />

The filling <strong>of</strong> the 8 CEO posts was successfully completed soon after the merger process.<br />

However, the filling <strong>of</strong> senior posts will only take place in the <strong>2005</strong>/6 financial year. Budgetary<br />

constraints have affected the post-provisioning at colleges, which has in turn affected the<br />

curriculum <strong>of</strong>ferings.<br />

The learnerships programme, driven from this sector is intended to address the skills<br />

development as well as create employment opportunities for our youth. There are 84<br />

unemployed youths participating in the following learnerships:<br />

Food and beverage Processing - NQF level 3<br />

Wholesale and retail specialization - levels 3 and 4<br />

Wholesale and retail general - levels 2 and 4<br />

Animal husbandry - level 1<br />

The <strong>Department</strong>’s partnership with the German Agency for Technical Operation (GTZ) has<br />

facilitated the secondment <strong>of</strong> a provincial learnerships coordinator for this sector.<br />

13.2.4 Opening Access to Learning Opportunities<br />

A meaningful foundation is being <strong>of</strong>fered to our children with the introduction <strong>of</strong> Grade R in<br />

some 1 300 schools impacting on 33 000 learners who previously did not have access to<br />

such an <strong>of</strong>fering. Simultaneously our ABET programme has seen skills and jobs <strong>of</strong>fered to our<br />

rural people. Lately we have taken over the school nutrition programme that ensures a daily<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 55 Page 51


meal for our poorer children. These programmes are designed to contribute to job-creation<br />

and thus poverty alleviation in our communities. This is directly in line with the Provincial<br />

Growth and Development Programme.<br />

13.2.5 Institutional Management<br />

Our capacity building efforts at all levels <strong>of</strong> the system have seen greater stability in the<br />

management <strong>of</strong> our institutions.<br />

The delivery <strong>of</strong> Learner Support Material has improved each year. The educators are<br />

currently receiving meaningful Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Development Programmes that will enhance the<br />

introduction <strong>of</strong> the Revised National Curriculum. The stability at school level is strengthened<br />

by the tenacity with which our learners stay longer in the system.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

13.2.6 Challenges:<br />

13.2.6.1 Impediments to Service Delivery<br />

Despite the successes listed above, the ECDoE faces a number <strong>of</strong> vital challenges that<br />

impact on its ability to ensure quality service delivery within the context <strong>of</strong> the external<br />

environment.<br />

A fundamental challenge that faces the ECDoE is the shortage <strong>of</strong> educators and educator<br />

skills as a result <strong>of</strong> the attrition rates especially amongst the younger educators.<br />

Added to this has been insufficient budget allocation, which, inevitably, results in unending<br />

financial constraints.<br />

The age- old concern from both our employees and suppliers regarding our capacity to pay<br />

within expected turnaround time standards remains with the <strong>Department</strong>. This stem from<br />

insufficient capacity, which is currently being addressed from a number <strong>of</strong> fronts, like for<br />

example the backlogs’ project.<br />

Record keeping is a serious challenge that has been confronted headlong, with the<br />

introduction <strong>of</strong> a Registry Project.<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the weaknesses lays in the management <strong>of</strong> procurement processes. This realization<br />

has pushed us to adopt a system <strong>of</strong> monthly and quarterly cycles <strong>of</strong> procurement monitoring,<br />

informed by a composite procurement plan <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />

The quality that we produce in the gateway subjects <strong>of</strong> mathematics, science and technology<br />

still leaves much to be desired.<br />

A bigger challenge that the <strong>Department</strong> is facing has to do with the Presidential injunction<br />

around infrastructure. In his State <strong>of</strong> the Nation address, the President made a call for all to<br />

ensure that by the end <strong>of</strong> the 2004 financial year no learner will receive tuition under a tree,<br />

mud school, or any dangerous conditions that exposes learners and teachers to the elements.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> is committed to the call. However, the <strong>Department</strong>’s current budgetary<br />

constraints will force us to seek additional funding to be able to meet the call.<br />

13.2.6.2 Challenges posed by the social and welfare needs <strong>of</strong> our communities<br />

One other critical area that we need to look into is the matter <strong>of</strong> sound relations with our social<br />

partners. We need to operate in an environment that is conducive to stability within the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> and mutual trust between our social partners and ourselves<br />

In order to meet the challenges <strong>of</strong> the welfare <strong>of</strong> our communities the ECDE embarked on the<br />

school nutrition programme that will be expanded to secondary schools and the provision <strong>of</strong><br />

scholar transport to learners from rural areas and informal settlement. The monitoring <strong>of</strong><br />

access to social grants and the provision <strong>of</strong> clothing needs to orphans and children from<br />

informal settlements will become a priority. The issue <strong>of</strong> burial cost for orphans and the<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to to 2009/10. 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 56 52


partnerships with other organizations for after-school care-centers for rural and informal<br />

settlement areas will become one <strong>of</strong> the many challenges that face the <strong>Department</strong>. The<br />

question on having a “one-stop” information and service centre for social and health service<br />

will enable people to gain access to all services provided by the different sectors <strong>of</strong><br />

government and other organizations<br />

13.2.6.3 Challenges posed by the Impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and AIDS<br />

The actual impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and AIDS on the education system is not certain. A full impact study<br />

needs to be undertaken. There are a number <strong>of</strong> areas that this epidemic will impact upon.<br />

Some <strong>of</strong> them are; one; the aging <strong>of</strong> the workforce due to younger people being affected by<br />

HIV and AIDS; two, high infant mortality level may have implications in reviewing projections<br />

<strong>of</strong> learner enrolment and other planning strategies; three, how does the ECDoE face the issue<br />

<strong>of</strong> child-headed households and the increasing number orphans and four; high level <strong>of</strong><br />

absenteeism amongst the workforce as well as the learners.<br />

The ECDoE will need to look at new recruitment measures ensuring adequate supply <strong>of</strong><br />

educators and will need to review the training programme for educators. It will also need to<br />

review its plans for number projections for learners, the participation in poverty alleviation<br />

programmes and consider suitable succession planning strategies and learner outreach<br />

programmes.<br />

13.2.6.4 Challenges posed by the Environment<br />

It would be an advantage to have schools clustered around other community facilities. The<br />

close proximity <strong>of</strong> local government facilities promotes the cross utilization <strong>of</strong> resources which<br />

may culminate in the maximum utilization <strong>of</strong> community resources. The use <strong>of</strong> community<br />

facilities in this way will eliminate duplication <strong>of</strong> facilities, for instance a school may not need<br />

its own hall if it is situated close enough to a community hall, whilst a police station may<br />

conveniently deal with safety issues for the school thus improving school security.<br />

It is important that before any development takes place proper planning happens at local<br />

government level to avoid the negative impact that may come as a result <strong>of</strong> lack <strong>of</strong> facilities<br />

like schools, health facilities and any other infrastructure. The lack <strong>of</strong> proper facilities and<br />

infrastructure puts a strain on education activities since the availability <strong>of</strong> these facilities is<br />

critical for the school communities.<br />

The availability <strong>of</strong> running water is critical for all schools since learners and educators spend a<br />

greater part <strong>of</strong> their day at school, sharing common amenities. The use <strong>of</strong> water however,<br />

needs to be managed from both the health point <strong>of</strong> view as well as the fact that water is a<br />

scarce commodity and therefore the school communities need to use it responsibly.<br />

Included in the curriculum are the effects <strong>of</strong> all forms <strong>of</strong> pollution on the environment. It is also<br />

vital that learners are protected from pollution to ensure that their state <strong>of</strong> well-being is always<br />

healthy. All hazardous materials should be kept away from schools.<br />

13.3 Demographic Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape<br />

In terms <strong>of</strong> land area, the Eastern Cape is the second largest province, covering an area <strong>of</strong><br />

approximately 170 000 square kilometres or 14% <strong>of</strong> the land area <strong>of</strong> South Africa. In terms <strong>of</strong><br />

population, in 2001 the Eastern Cape had the third largest provincial population, after<br />

KwaZulu-Natal and Gauteng.<br />

13.3.1 Total Population and Population Density<br />

According to the 2001 Population Census, <strong>of</strong> the 44.8 million people living in South Africa,<br />

14% or some 6.4 million lived in the Eastern Cape. This represents a significant decrease in<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 20<strong>06</strong> Page 57 Page 53


the relative share <strong>of</strong> the South African population accounted for by the Eastern Cape in 1996,<br />

which was 15.5%. Migration impacts on the development <strong>of</strong> curriculum and the increased<br />

demand for services and the delivery there<strong>of</strong>. A system is required to manage rapid<br />

urbanisation.<br />

Table 26 shows the relative provincial populations according to the 1996 and 2001 Censuses.<br />

The province that has most increased its share <strong>of</strong> the total South African population is<br />

Gauteng, which went from 18.1% in 1996 to 19.7% in 2001. The decline in the Eastern<br />

Cape’s share is the most significant <strong>of</strong> all provinces. There are several possible reasons for<br />

this including outward migration in search in better economic opportunities, decreased fertility<br />

(although there is no apparent reason why the Eastern Cape specifically should have<br />

declining fertility) and perhaps a different methodology in the 2001 Census that led to reduced<br />

counts. Overall, the population <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape grew by just 134 000 from 1996 to 2001,<br />

an increase <strong>of</strong> 2.1%.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Table 9: Total Population by Province, 1996 and 2001 Census<br />

Province Population 1996<br />

% share <strong>of</strong><br />

National<br />

Population<br />

1996<br />

Population 2001<br />

% share <strong>of</strong><br />

National<br />

Population<br />

2001<br />

Change in<br />

National<br />

share 1996 -<br />

2000<br />

Eastern Cape 6 302 524 15.5% 6 436 764 14.4% -1.2%<br />

Free State 2 633 503 6.5% 2 7<strong>06</strong> 774 6.0% -0.4%<br />

Gauteng 7 348 425 18.1% 8 837 174 19.7% 1.6%<br />

KwaZulu-Natal 8 417 020 20.7% 9 426 015 21.0% 0.3%<br />

Limpopo 4 929 365 12.1% 5 273 639 11.8% -0.4%<br />

Mpumalanga 2 800 710 6.9% 3 122 991 7.0% 0.1%<br />

Northern Cape 840 323 2.1% 822 729 1.8% -0.2%<br />

North West 3 354 824 8.3% 3 669 353 8.2% -0.1%<br />

Western Cape 3 956 876 9.7% 4 524 341 10.1% 0.3%<br />

Total 40 583 570 100% 44 819 780 100%<br />

Since a national population census was conducted by Statistics South Africa in both 1996 and<br />

2001, this allows for several interesting comparisons to be made over the six-year period.<br />

Graph 1 compares provinces in terms <strong>of</strong> their population growth over this period, showing<br />

which provinces experienced the greatest increase. The fact that the Eastern Cape has<br />

experienced a relatively low rate <strong>of</strong> increase has implications for the provision <strong>of</strong> education in<br />

the province – it implies that, unlike Gauteng, the demand for education has remained relatively<br />

stable during this period and that there is unlikely to be a need to build new schools to meet<br />

new demographic demand. This does not detract from an ongoing need to address existing<br />

backlogs and, in some cases, to build new schools to improve access to education.<br />

A challenge for the education system is to improve access to schooling, more especially to<br />

secondary and further education and training facilities for the high number <strong>of</strong> non-urban.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to to 2009/10. 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 58 54


Graph 1: Provincial Population Growth 1996-2001<br />

Eastern Cape<br />

Free State<br />

Gauteng<br />

KwaZulu-Natal<br />

Limpopo<br />

Mpumalanga<br />

North West<br />

Growth % 1996 to<br />

2001<br />

Northern Cape<br />

Western Cape<br />

-10.0% -5.0% 0.0% 5.0% 10.0% 15.0% 20.0% 25.0%<br />

There are certain difficulties associated with making comparisons between the 1996 and 2001<br />

Censuses. Prior to the release <strong>of</strong> the 2001 Census data for the Eastern Cape for example,<br />

Statistics South Africa estimated the provincial population at 6.978 million, which is<br />

considerably higher than the 2001 Census figure <strong>of</strong> 6.43 million. The Bureau <strong>of</strong> Market<br />

Research released a similar estimate <strong>of</strong> the population <strong>of</strong> the province in 2001, placing it at<br />

6.976, and stated that the original Census figure for 1996 was an undercount. Both <strong>of</strong> these<br />

estimates differ markedly from the actual 2001 Census figure released for the province which<br />

was 6.4 million - in the region <strong>of</strong> ½ million less people than previously estimated. The<br />

calculation <strong>of</strong> sub-provincial population growth estimates is thus problematic – which<br />

estimates does one use? For the purposes <strong>of</strong> this report a direct comparison will be made<br />

between the two sets <strong>of</strong> Census data and not the interim population estimates described<br />

above. This means that one is comparing two actual population censuses, notwithstanding<br />

the disputes concerning whether the figures were accurate or not.<br />

In order to derive the 1996 Census population figures for the new (post 2001) <strong>Education</strong><br />

Districts, a two-stage process was followed. Firstly, new <strong>Education</strong> District boundaries were<br />

overlain on the 18 276 Enumerator Area boundaries that existed in the 1996 Census. A code<br />

was then assigned to each enumerator area to identify the <strong>Education</strong> District that it fell within.<br />

This was then used as the basis for creating population figures for <strong>Education</strong> Districts from<br />

the 1996 Census.<br />

The 2001 figures were derived by assigning codes to the Municipalities, Wards and place<br />

names described in Table 27 that fell within each <strong>Education</strong> District.<br />

The estimated distribution <strong>of</strong> total population by education district for the period 1996 and<br />

2001 is shown in the table below<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 59 Page 55


Table 10: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population by <strong>Education</strong> Districts as indicated by the 1996 & 2001<br />

Census<br />

District 1996 2001 % Growth 1996 - 2001<br />

Bizana 235 520 245 419 4.2%<br />

Butterworth 288 660 287 770 -0.3%<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba 207 432 194 245 -6.4%<br />

Cradock 92 972 92 916 -0.1%<br />

East London 540 188 562 111 4.1%<br />

Ngcobo 199 218 202 422 1.6%<br />

Fort Beaufort 167 871 153 478 -8.6%<br />

Graaff-Reinet 109 711 109 146 -0.5%<br />

Grahamstown 123 637 130 021 5.2%<br />

Dutywa 243 744 253 379 4.0%<br />

King William's Town 413 410 407 532 -1.4%<br />

Lady Frere 125 243 115 935 -7.4%<br />

Libode 407 298 427 397 4.9%<br />

Lusikisiki 369 517 391 766 6.0%<br />

Maluti 164 751 147 104 -10.7%<br />

Mt Fletcher 134 635 137 581 2.2%<br />

Mt Frere 214 0<strong>06</strong> 228 999 7.0%<br />

Port Elizabeth 769 639 799 821 3.9%<br />

Queenstown 198 169 204 784 3.3%<br />

Qumbu 194 392 196 674 1.2%<br />

Sterkspruit 191 999 203 775 6.1%<br />

Uitenhage 336 <strong>06</strong>2 355 024 5.6%<br />

Mthatha 394 626 415 227 5.2%<br />

Umzimkulu 162 155 174 339 7.5%<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Table 10 shows that the district with the highest population in 2001 was Port Elizabeth with<br />

799 821, followed by East London with 562 111 and Libode with 427 397. A total <strong>of</strong> nine<br />

districts had a population <strong>of</strong> more than 250 000 in 2001. The smallest district in the Eastern<br />

Cape in terms <strong>of</strong> population is Cradock, with 92 916. Other small districts, with less than 150<br />

000 people, are Graaff-Reinet, Lady Frere, Grahamstown, Mt Fletcher and Maluti.<br />

Although Port Elizabeth and East London districts include the two largest urban centres, they<br />

still only account for 21% <strong>of</strong> the population in the province. There are sizable populations<br />

elsewhere, such as Mthatha, Libode and Lusikisiki, all <strong>of</strong> which lie in the north-eastern part <strong>of</strong><br />

the province.<br />

Table 10 also shows population growth that occurred between the two censuses by district for<br />

the period 1996 to 2001. This is an important indicator <strong>of</strong> future demand for schooling and<br />

points to the need for new school construction and, in cases <strong>of</strong> population decline, for<br />

rationalization. The education district with the highest rate <strong>of</strong> population growth during the<br />

period was Umzimkulu, which experienced a growth rate <strong>of</strong> 7.5% (from 162 155 in 1996 to<br />

174 339 in 2001). Other high growth districts for this period were Mt Frere, Sterkspruit,<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 60<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 56


Lusikisiki and Uitenhage. A total <strong>of</strong> sixteen districts experienced a positive population growth<br />

from 1996 to 2001 and eight a population decline. The most severe population decrease was<br />

in Maluti district, where the population decreased by 10% during the period.<br />

It is important to note that many <strong>of</strong> the identified high-growth districts are located in more<br />

peripheral parts <strong>of</strong> the province, which traditionally have been under-served in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

education. Many are facing severe physical infrastructure backlogs and this presents<br />

additional challenges for the <strong>Department</strong> if a legacy <strong>of</strong> poor provision is coincident with rising<br />

demand for education due to population growth. Settlement patterns in these areas can <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

be characterized as dense rural subsistence and peri-urban and population is less likely to be<br />

clustered around formal towns, which presents special challenges for education delivery.<br />

The ongoing challenge in these areas is to improve access to schooling, more especially to<br />

secondary and further education and training facilities for the high number <strong>of</strong> non-urban<br />

dwellers.<br />

It should be noted that Port Elizabeth, East London and Mthatha all experienced population<br />

growth <strong>of</strong> 4% or more, so demand for education in the main urban centres is likely to remain<br />

buoyant.<br />

Graph 2 below compares districts graphically, showing the share <strong>of</strong> total provincial population<br />

for the 2001 Census that was accounted for by each district.<br />

Port Elizabeth and East London districts account for the highest shares, followed by Libode<br />

and King William’s Town.<br />

Graph 2: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Provincial Population by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001<br />

Bizana<br />

Butterworth<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />

Cradock<br />

East London<br />

Ngcobo<br />

Fort Beaufort<br />

Graaff-Reinet<br />

Grahamstown<br />

Dutywa<br />

King William's<br />

Lady Frere<br />

Libode<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Fletcher<br />

Mt Frere<br />

Port Elizabeth<br />

Queenstown<br />

Qumbu<br />

Sterkspruit<br />

Uitenhage<br />

Mthata<br />

Umzimkulu<br />

0.0% 2.0% 4.0% 6.0% 8.0% 10.0% 12.0% 14.0%<br />

% Share <strong>of</strong> Provincial Population, 2001<br />

Map 2 illustrates the population density distribution in the province, based on the 2001 Census.<br />

The map shows average densities by <strong>Education</strong> District and by Ward in order to give a more<br />

refined picture <strong>of</strong> within-district variations.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 61 Page 57


The map shows that the highest average population densities are to be found in the districts <strong>of</strong><br />

Port Elizabeth (302 per sq km) and East London (156 per sq km) followed by Mthatha and<br />

Libode. The districts <strong>of</strong> Libode, Bizana and Lusikisiki, which are located in the former Transkei,<br />

all have population densities in excess <strong>of</strong> 100 people per square kilometer. This is particularly<br />

high given that there are no large established urban centres in these districts and is indicative<br />

<strong>of</strong> the dense rural and peri-urban settlement referred to earlier.<br />

Graaff-Reinet has the lowest population density at just 3 people per square kilometer, followed<br />

by Cradock with 5 and Sterkspruit with 10.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

The ward-based population density map reveals that population densities vary considerably<br />

within districts. Large parts <strong>of</strong> Port Elizabeth District for example are fairly sparsely populated,<br />

notably the eastern portion that includes part <strong>of</strong> Sundays River Valley Municipality. Equally,<br />

East London and Mthatha Districts are not uniformly settled. In the case <strong>of</strong> East London<br />

District, Mdantsane and the city <strong>of</strong> East London account for the most densely settled areas. In<br />

Mthatha district, the highest densities are closely associated with the capital city. Many <strong>of</strong> the<br />

north eastern districts are settled at densities which consistently exceed 100 people per square<br />

kilometer.<br />

13.3.2 Population <strong>of</strong> School-going Age (7 – 18 years)<br />

The Eastern Cape has one <strong>of</strong> the most ‘youthful’ populations <strong>of</strong> all the provinces. Nearly half<br />

<strong>of</strong> its population (47%) are below the age <strong>of</strong> 19 (see Graph 3 below). Only Limpopo province<br />

has a higher proportion <strong>of</strong> young people with 50% below age 19. By way <strong>of</strong> comparison this<br />

figure is only 30% in Gauteng. This means that the tax base in the Eastern Cape and<br />

Limpopo provinces will be far lower by comparison, and that each employed person is likely to<br />

have many more dependents. It also means that the demand for education will remain high –<br />

in the case <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape, 15% <strong>of</strong> the population had yet to enter school in 2001.<br />

Graph 3: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Population by Age Group in the Eastern Cape - 2001 Census<br />

65+<br />

6%<br />

0 to 6<br />

15%<br />

19 to 64<br />

47%<br />

7 to 18<br />

32%<br />

The South African Schools Act acknowledges the constitutional rights <strong>of</strong> children to basic<br />

education. The Act requires the compulsory attendance at school <strong>of</strong> learners from the age <strong>of</strong><br />

7 years to the age <strong>of</strong> 15 years or reaching the ninth grade. Each Provincial Member <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Executive council has to ensure that there are enough places in schools for the learners who<br />

meet these criteria.<br />

Demographic studies typically view 7-18 year olds as the school-going population. Of the total<br />

population <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape in the 2001 Census, 32%, or 2 057 691, are found within this<br />

age group. Graph 3 shows the distribution <strong>of</strong> the 7–18 year old age group. Graph 2 indicates<br />

the geographical distribution <strong>of</strong> the school going population. The district with the highest<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 62<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 58


number <strong>of</strong> 7–18 year olds is Port Elizabeth with 185 302, followed by Libode with 159 824 and<br />

Mthatha, with 144 364. The districts with the least number are Cradock, with 27 475 and<br />

Graaff-Reinet with 29 227.<br />

Note that even though East London has the second highest total population in the Eastern<br />

Cape, it only has the fourth highest number <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds (behind Port Elizabeth, Libode<br />

and Mthatha), which indicates that its population structure is different (i.e. older). There are<br />

proportionally more people <strong>of</strong> working age (19-64) in this district (59% compared to just 39%<br />

in Libode).<br />

An alternative way <strong>of</strong> looking at the school-going population is in terms <strong>of</strong> what proportion <strong>of</strong><br />

the total district population they represent (see Table 10). Districts with relatively high<br />

proportions <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds indicate growing demand for education and future pressure on<br />

existing school facilities. They also indicate areas with high numbers <strong>of</strong> dependents.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 63Page 59


Map 1: Population Density Distribution in the Province based on the 2001 Census data<br />

Legend<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Districts<br />

Socio-economic deprivation, 2001<br />

0.052 - 0.175 (least poor)<br />

0.175 - 0.436<br />

0.436 - 0.728<br />

0.728 - 0.862<br />

0.862 - 0.972 (most poor)<br />

Sterkspruit<br />

Mt Fletcher<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Frere<br />

Qumbu<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Umzimkulu<br />

Bizana<br />

Lady Frere<br />

Engcobo<br />

Libode<br />

Umtata<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />

Cradock<br />

Queenstown<br />

Idutywa<br />

Butterworth<br />

N<br />

Graaff-Reinet<br />

Fort Beaufort<br />

King Williams<br />

Town<br />

East London<br />

Grahamstown<br />

Gauteng<br />

Limpopo Province<br />

Mpumalanga<br />

Uitenhage<br />

Port Elizabeth<br />

North West<br />

Free State<br />

KwaZ ulu-<br />

Natal<br />

Northern Cape<br />

20 0 20 40 Kilometers<br />

Data Source: 2001 Census, Statistics South Africa<br />

(Functional Literacy, Per Capita Income and % Households<br />

with Electricity)<br />

Western Cape<br />

Eastern<br />

Cape<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 60<br />

#<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 64


The districts with the highest proportion <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds are C<strong>of</strong>imvaba, Bizana and Lady<br />

Frere, all with in excess in 38%. Typically, higher proportions are found in rural areas, which<br />

may be a function <strong>of</strong> rural-urban migration <strong>of</strong> the working age population in search <strong>of</strong><br />

employment. Note that the districts with established urban centres such as East London, Port<br />

Elizabeth and Uitenhage all have much lower proportions <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds, being lower than<br />

25%.<br />

This point is illustrated by the graph 4 below, which shows the comparative age structure in<br />

two very different districts demographically, Port Elizabeth and C<strong>of</strong>imvaba. They are at<br />

opposite ends <strong>of</strong> the district spectrum in terms <strong>of</strong> the relative age distribution <strong>of</strong> their<br />

populations.<br />

Graph 4: Comparative Population Distribution by Age Band in Two Selected Districts<br />

70%<br />

60%<br />

Percentage <strong>of</strong> total<br />

50%<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

0 to 6 %<br />

7 to 18 %<br />

19 to 64 %<br />

65+ %<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />

Port Elizabeth<br />

Table 11: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population per age group by <strong>Education</strong> District indicated by 1996 & 2001<br />

Census<br />

District Total Population aged 7-18, 1996 Total Population aged 7-18, 2001<br />

% <strong>of</strong> Total<br />

population<br />

aged 7-18,<br />

2001<br />

Bizana 83 468 92 999 38%<br />

Butterworth 101 192 104 111 36%<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba 77 959 74 838 39%<br />

Cradock 27 714 27 475 30%<br />

East London 134 018 139 771 25%<br />

Ngcobo 71 951 75 672 37%<br />

Fort Beaufort 50 690 45 181 29%<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (3) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 65Page 61


District Total Population aged 7-18, 1996 Total Population aged 7-18, 2001<br />

% <strong>of</strong> Total<br />

population<br />

aged 7-18,<br />

2001<br />

Graaff-Reinet 31 605 29 227 27%<br />

Grahamstown 31 070 32 351 25%<br />

Dutywa 86 421 94 026 37%<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

King Williams Town 127 742 122 661 30%<br />

Lady Frere 47 505 43 719 38%<br />

Libode 140 424 159 824 37%<br />

Lusikisiki 125 537 143 811 37%<br />

Maluti 58 580 53 203 36%<br />

Mt Fletcher 49 486 51 021 37%<br />

Mt Frere 76 287 84 640 37%<br />

Port Elizabeth 175 990 185 302 23%<br />

Queenstown 60 379 63 <strong>06</strong>4 31%<br />

Qumbu 69 <strong>06</strong>6 73 625 37%<br />

Sterkspruit 65 868 66 917 33%<br />

Uitenhage 81 990 84 979 24%<br />

Mthatha 129 593 144 364 35%<br />

Umzimkulu 56 003 64 910 37%<br />

Total 1 960 538 2 057 691 32%<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 66<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 62


Map 2: Map Average 2: Average Population Population Density Density Distribution Distribution per <strong>Education</strong> per <strong>Education</strong> District District<br />

Umzimkulu<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Frere<br />

Mt Fletcher Mt Fletcher<br />

#<br />

Legend Legend<br />

Umzimkulu<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Frere<br />

Bizana<br />

Bizana<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Qumbu<br />

Sterkspruit Sterkspruit<br />

Qumbu<br />

<strong>Education</strong> <strong>Education</strong> Districts Districts<br />

Population Population aged 7 to aged 18 (2001 7 to 18 Census) (2001 Census)<br />

27475 - 27475 50 000 - 50 000<br />

50 000 50 - 70 000 000 - 70 000<br />

70 000 70 - 90 000 000 - 90 000<br />

90 000 90 - 110 000 000 - 110 000<br />

110 000 110 - 195 000 000 - 195 000<br />

Engcobo<br />

Engcobo<br />

Libode<br />

Libode<br />

Lady Frere<br />

Lady Frere<br />

Umtata<br />

Umtata<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />

Cradock<br />

Cradock<br />

N<br />

#<br />

N<br />

Queenstown Queenstown<br />

Idutywa<br />

Idutywa<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 67<br />

Butterworth Butterworth<br />

King Williams King Williams<br />

Town Town<br />

East London East London<br />

Fort Beaufort Fort Beaufort<br />

Graaff-Reinet Graaff-Reinet<br />

Limpopo Province Limpopo Province<br />

Gauteng<br />

Gauteng<br />

Grahamstown Grahamstown<br />

Mpumalanga<br />

Mpumalanga<br />

North West<br />

North West<br />

Port Elizabeth Port Elizabeth<br />

Uitenhage<br />

Uitenhage<br />

KwaZ ulu-<br />

Natal<br />

Free KwaZ State ulu-<br />

Natal<br />

Free State<br />

Northern Cape<br />

Northern Cape<br />

Eastern<br />

Cape<br />

Eastern<br />

Cape<br />

Western Cape<br />

Western Cape<br />

20 0 20 40 0 20 Kilometers 40 Kilometers<br />

Data Sources: Data Sources: 2001 Census, 2001 Census, Statistics Statistics South Africa South Africa<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE 5 <strong>Year</strong> <strong>Strategic</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. to 2009-10. 21 F (3) 21 F (3) Page 63 Page 63


When comparing the school-age population (Graph 5:7-18 age group) with the actual<br />

learner enrolment recorded in the Annual Survey, a pattern emerges for the period 1995<br />

to 2001 that was reversed in 2002. School enrolment for the seven-year period 1995 to<br />

2001 was consistently higher than the equivalent school-aged population. This normally<br />

indicates that a proportion <strong>of</strong> the learner enrolment is either over-aged or under-aged<br />

and probably both. In 2002 however, the reported enrolment in the Annual Survey was<br />

slightly below the total population aged 7 to 18. This will be investigated further in the<br />

section dealing with indicators.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Graph 5: School Age Population Aged 7-10 <strong>Year</strong>s compared with reported Learner Enrolment for<br />

the Period 1995-2002<br />

2500000<br />

2000000<br />

1500000<br />

1000000<br />

500000<br />

0<br />

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002<br />

School Age Population<br />

Learner Enrolment<br />

13.4 Socio-economic Deprivation in Eastern Cape Communities<br />

Since communities play a vital part in supporting the provision <strong>of</strong> education, it is<br />

important to review the socio-economic environment in which those communities exist.<br />

In order to undertake a comparison, a socio-economic deprivation index has been<br />

calculated for education districts by combining various social and economic criteria from<br />

the 2001 Census.<br />

The following criteria were used to create the index:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Functional Literacy - percentage <strong>of</strong> the adult population that has attained at least<br />

Grade 6 schooling, divided by the total number <strong>of</strong> adults (age 20 and above) See<br />

Map 4 on page 80.<br />

Per Capita Income - total annual income divided by the total population<br />

Percentage <strong>of</strong> households with electricity (supplied by Eskom or a local municipality)<br />

Each criterion was ranked from worst to best, given equal weight and combined into a<br />

single standardized index ranging from 1 (most poor) to 0 (least poor). It is important to<br />

note that the score measures relative rather than absolute disadvantage within the<br />

Eastern Cape, and compares the performance <strong>of</strong> districts to one another and not to a<br />

defined national benchmark.<br />

<strong>Education</strong> districts with the highest score, or those identified to be the most<br />

disadvantaged in terms <strong>of</strong> the criteria used, are typically characterized by:<br />

High unemployment<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 68<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4) Page 64


Large numbers <strong>of</strong> dependents<br />

Low levels <strong>of</strong> literacy<br />

Small proportions <strong>of</strong> the population with tertiary education<br />

Low levels <strong>of</strong> basic household services such as electricity and piped water<br />

Using this index the most disadvantaged district (see Graph 6) in the Eastern Cape was<br />

Lusikisiki with a score <strong>of</strong> 0.972, followed closely by Dutywa with 0.970 and Bizana with<br />

0.908. Other districts with high relative deprivation index scores were Mt Fletcher,<br />

Libode and Maluti, all <strong>of</strong> which have high proportions <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds in relation to their<br />

total populations, and hence many dependents. Poorer districts such as these should be<br />

targeted for greater development assistance and school support.<br />

At the other end <strong>of</strong> the spectrum are the districts <strong>of</strong> Port Elizabeth, Uitenhage, East<br />

London and Grahamstown, which, in comparative terms have much lower deprivation<br />

index scores and could be considered better <strong>of</strong>f. It should however be noted that the<br />

Eastern Cape as a whole is one <strong>of</strong> the poorest provinces in South Africa.<br />

The main winners and losers are shown in Table 29 and 30. The tables show that<br />

Umzimkulu District has improved its overall ranking the most, followed by Libode and<br />

Cradock. In relative provincial terms, these districts improved socio-economically during<br />

the period 1996 to 2001. By contrast, the districts <strong>of</strong> Queenstown and Maluti<br />

experienced a relative decline. In 1996, Queenstown was ranked 20 th in terms <strong>of</strong> district<br />

poverty but by 2001, it had worsened to 16 th position. Similarly, Maluti went from 9 th most<br />

poor to 6 th during the 5-year period. Seven districts remained in the same relative<br />

position.<br />

Graph 6: Comparative Socio-Economic Deprivation by District<br />

Comparative Soc io-Ec onomic Deprivation by District, 2001 Census<br />

Bizana<br />

Butter wor th<br />

C<strong>of</strong> imvaba<br />

Cr adock<br />

East London<br />

Ngcobo<br />

For t Beauf or t<br />

Gr aaf f -Reinet<br />

Gr ahamstown<br />

Dutywa<br />

King Williams Town<br />

Lady Fr er e<br />

Libode<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Fletcher<br />

Mt Fr er e<br />

Por t Elizabeth<br />

Queenstown<br />

Qumbu<br />

Ster kspr uit<br />

Uitenhage<br />

Mthatha<br />

Umzimkulu<br />

0.000 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800 1.000<br />

0 = Least Po o r, 1 = M o st Po o r<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (4) 20<strong>06</strong> Page 65 Page 69


Table 12: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001 - Main Winners (relatively better <strong>of</strong>f)<br />

District<br />

Poverty Index<br />

1996<br />

Relative Rank<br />

1996<br />

Poverty Index in<br />

2001<br />

Relative Rank<br />

2001<br />

Rank<br />

Improvement<br />

Umzimkulu 0.857 8 0.804 12 4<br />

Libode 0.973 2 0.886 5 3<br />

Cradock 0.497 18 0.374 20 2<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba 0.876 6 0.860 7 1<br />

East London 0.270 21 0.267 22 1<br />

Ngcobo 0.874 7 0.848 8 1<br />

Fort Beaufort 0.6<strong>06</strong> 16 0.423 17 1<br />

King Williams Town 0.560 17 0.411 18 1<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Note that in the poverty index a rank <strong>of</strong> 1 was assigned to the poorest district and a rank <strong>of</strong> 24 to the least poor<br />

Table 13: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001. Main Losers (relatively worse)<br />

District<br />

Poverty Index<br />

1996<br />

Relative Rank<br />

1996<br />

Poverty Index in<br />

2001<br />

Relative Rank<br />

2001<br />

Rank<br />

Decline<br />

Queenstown 0.389 20 0.436 16 -4<br />

Maluti 0.848 9 0.862 6 -3<br />

Bizana 0.952 4 0.908 3 -1<br />

Grahamstown 0.248 22 0.290 21 -1<br />

Dutywa 0.966 3 0.970 2 -1<br />

Lady Frere 0.824 11 0.810 10 -1<br />

Mt Fletcher 0.882 5 0.898 4 -1<br />

Mt Frere 0.794 12 0.809 11 -1<br />

Qumbu 0.837 10 0.831 9 -1<br />

* An identical poverty index was created in an earlier report using the 1996 Census 1 , so it is possible to identify districts that have<br />

improved in terms <strong>of</strong> their overall provincial poverty ranking and those that have declined.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 70<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4) Page 66


Map 3: Socio-Economic Deprivation in the Eastern Cape by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001<br />

Legend<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Districts<br />

Socio-economic deprivation, 2001<br />

0.052 - 0.175 (least poor)<br />

0.175 - 0.436<br />

0.436 - 0.728<br />

0.728 - 0.862<br />

0.862 - 0.972 (most poor)<br />

Sterkspruit<br />

Mt Fletcher<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Frere<br />

Qumbu<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Umzimkulu<br />

Bizana<br />

Lady Frere<br />

Engcobo<br />

Libode<br />

Umtata<br />

C<strong>of</strong>im vaba<br />

Cradock<br />

Queenstown<br />

Idutywa<br />

Butterworth<br />

N<br />

Graaff-Reinet<br />

Fort Beaufort<br />

King W illiams<br />

Town<br />

East London<br />

Graham stown<br />

Gaute ng<br />

Limp opo P ro vince<br />

Mpumalang a<br />

Uitenhage<br />

Port Elizabeth<br />

No rth We st<br />

Fre e State<br />

KwaZ ulu -<br />

Natal<br />

No rthern Cape<br />

20 0 20 40 Kilometers<br />

Data Source: 2001 Census, Statistics South Africa<br />

(Functional Literacy, Per Capita Income and % Households<br />

with Electricity)<br />

Western Cape<br />

Eastern<br />

Cape<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4) Page 67<br />

#<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 71


13.4.1 Employment, Income and other Relevant Information<br />

Of the 79 432 employees in the <strong>Department</strong>, nearly 90% are classified as pr<strong>of</strong>essional,<br />

being teaching staff, followed by 5.78% elementary occupations, mainly general<br />

workers, and only just over 3% clerical. Managers make up 0.10% and the balance are<br />

technical (0.66%), sales and services (0.43%) and operators (0.07%) as detailed below.<br />

Table 14: Occupational Categories<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Types <strong>of</strong> Occupation Number Percent <strong>of</strong> total<br />

Managers 83 0.10%<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essionals 71 446 89.94%<br />

Technical 526 0.66%<br />

Clerical 2403 3.02%<br />

Sales and services 341 0.43%<br />

Operators 59 0.07%<br />

Elementary occupations 4 574 5.78%<br />

Total 79 432 100.00%<br />

Over 67% <strong>of</strong> staff in the <strong>Department</strong> earn incomes between R6 000 and R11 000 per<br />

month, based on an analysis <strong>of</strong> the Persal system data as shown below.<br />

Table 15: Income Distribution<br />

Income per month<br />

Percent <strong>of</strong> total<br />

None<br />

R1 – R500 0%<br />

R501 - R1000 0%<br />

R1001 - R2500 0%<br />

R2501 - R6000 18.91%<br />

R6001 -R11000 67.57%<br />

> R11001 13.52%<br />

Unspecified 0%<br />

Total 100.00%<br />

13.5 Situation Analysis <strong>of</strong> the System as a Whole Institutional Landscape<br />

Table 16: Number <strong>of</strong> Institutions and Centres<br />

Numbers <strong>of</strong> institutions and centres Public Independent Total<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> ordinary schools<br />

- <strong>of</strong> which are primary schools<br />

- <strong>of</strong> which are secondary schools<br />

- <strong>of</strong> which are combined schools<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> special schools<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> technical colleges<br />

6,026 109 6,135<br />

2,593 44 2,637<br />

880 26 9<strong>06</strong><br />

2,553 39 2,592<br />

42 0 42<br />

8 0 8<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 72<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 68


Numbers <strong>of</strong> institutions and centres Public Independent Total<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> ABET centres 309 0 309<br />

Table17: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners<br />

Numbers Learners Public Independent<br />

subsidised<br />

Total<br />

In ordinary schools 2,184,103 27,126 2,211,229<br />

in grade 0/pre-primary level 104,929 2,027 1<strong>06</strong>,956<br />

in primary level (grades 1 to 7) 1,429,222 12,928 1,442,150<br />

in secondary level (grades 8 to 12) 642,622 12,079 654,701<br />

in special or other grades<br />

In special schools (February <strong>2005</strong>)<br />

7,466 14 7,480<br />

9,072 0 9,072<br />

In technical colleges (2004) - headcount 64,641 0 64,641<br />

In ABET centres (2004) - headcount 45,783 0 45,783<br />

Table 18: Number <strong>of</strong> Educators (including SGB paid)<br />

Numbers <strong>of</strong> educators<br />

Public<br />

(including SGB paid) State Pd SGB Pd<br />

Indep subs<br />

(Feb 05)<br />

Total<br />

In ordinary schools<br />

62,765 3,050 927 66,742<br />

<strong>of</strong> which primary schools 18,445 919 111 19,475<br />

<strong>of</strong> which secondary schools 13,850 644 172 14,666<br />

<strong>of</strong> which combined schools 30,470 813 644 31,927<br />

In special schools<br />

842 27 0 869<br />

In technical colleges (2000) 845 0 0 845<br />

In ABET centres (2004) 911 0 0 911<br />

* Source: EMIS December <strong>2005</strong><br />

13.6 Demographic Pressures and Access issues<br />

Table 19: Enrolment and Population Statistics<br />

Programme Enrolment % <strong>of</strong> population<br />

Aged 6-14 Total Of age 6-14 Of total<br />

2. Public ordinary school education<br />

85.42% <strong>of</strong><br />

2.1 Public primary phase<br />

Learners<br />

Total Grades 1 to 7 1271901 1374884<br />

6 = - 14 are at<br />

2.2 Public secondary phase<br />

school<br />

Total Grades 8 to 12 101942 591301<br />

3. Independent school subsidies<br />

4. Public special school education 1324 8087<br />

Total for all schools 1,375,167 1,974,272<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 69<br />

Page 73


13.7 <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> People in the Province<br />

Table 20: Educator Post Declaration (<strong>2005</strong>)<br />

Programmes/Purpose <strong>of</strong> posts Posts PL1 Posts PL2 Posts PL3 Posts PL4 Total<br />

Posts top-sliced before model is run 100 0 0 0 100<br />

Posts distributed by model 48,992 8,199 5,552 750 63,493<br />

2. Public ordinary school education 47,599 8,095 5,487 745 61,926<br />

2.1 Public primary schools 14,028 2,684 1,484 186 18,382<br />

Posts attached to schools 14,028 2,684 1,484 186 18,382<br />

Posts not attached to schools 0 0 0 0 0<br />

2.2 Public combined schools 23,392 3,746 2,902 308 30,348<br />

Posts attached to schools 23,392 3,746 2,902 308 30,348<br />

Posts not attached to schools 0 0 0 0 0<br />

2.3 Public secondary phase 10,179 1,665 1,101 251 13,196<br />

Posts attached to schools 10,179 1,665 1,101 251 13,196<br />

Posts not attached to schools 0 0 0 0 0<br />

3 Public special school education 668 104 65 5 842<br />

4 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training 725 0 0 0 725<br />

TOTAL 49,092 8,199 5,552 750 63,593<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Table 21: Number <strong>of</strong> Employees <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong><br />

Programme Educators<br />

Public<br />

servants<br />

Other public<br />

employees<br />

Total<br />

employees<br />

1. Administration 3,823 3,823<br />

2. Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong><br />

2.1 Public Primary School 18,382 1,145 19,527<br />

2.2 Public Secondary School 43,544 2,042 45,586<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

2.4 Human Resource Development<br />

2.6 Conditional Grants (on contract) - 3 31 34<br />

3. Independent School Subsidies 795 - - 795<br />

3.1 Primary Phase 591 - - 591<br />

3.2 Secondary Phase 204 - - 204<br />

4. Public Special Schools<br />

4.1 Schools 842 585 345 1,772<br />

4.3 Human Resource Development<br />

5. Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

5.1 Public Institutions<br />

5.4 Human Resource Development<br />

6. Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training 4,158 - 15 4,173<br />

6.1 Public Centres<br />

6.4 Human Resource Development 10 10<br />

7. Early Childhood Development<br />

7.1 Grade R in Public Schools 858 858<br />

7.2 Grade R in Community Centres NA<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 74<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 70


Programme Educators<br />

Public<br />

servants<br />

Other public<br />

employees<br />

Total<br />

employees<br />

7.5 Human Resource Development<br />

8. Auxiliary and Associated Services<br />

8.2 Conditional Grants<br />

8.4 External examinations 91 91<br />

Total for all programmes 69,374 7,699 391 77,464<br />

Footnotes<br />

Figures include all individuals employed at some point during the financial year being reported on. Each<br />

individual is only counted once, even if he or she is employed in more than one position during the<br />

year.<br />

13.8 Transfers to Institutions<br />

Table 22: Resourcing effected via the School Funding Norms <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong><br />

Programmes/ legal status/ poverty<br />

quintiles<br />

Schools<br />

Total<br />

expenditure<br />

Learners<br />

Expenditure<br />

per learner<br />

2. Public ordinary schooling education<br />

2.1 Public primary schools<br />

Non-Section 21 schools 2,090 59,094,580 463,522 127<br />

Quintile 1 (poorest) 299 15,432,303 63,410 243<br />

Quintile 2 372 12,718,828 67,760 188<br />

Quintile 3 500 11,288,339 77,784 145<br />

Quintile 4 699 12,496,517 123,245 101<br />

Quintile 5 (least poor) 220 7,158,594 131,323 55<br />

Section 21 schools 495 16,826,429 183,483 92<br />

Quintile 1 (poorest) 42 2,454,573 9,915 248<br />

Quintile 2 58 2,593,957 13,643 190<br />

Quintile 3 58 1,843,489 13,037 141<br />

Quintile 4 174 5,968,705 62,675 95<br />

Quintile 5 (least poor) 163 3,965,705 84,213 47<br />

TOTAL 2,585 75,921,009 647,005 117<br />

2.2 Public combined schools<br />

Non-Section 21 schools 1,624 148,405,073 644,361 230<br />

Quintile 1 (poorest) 508 68,143,709 223,730 305<br />

Quintile 2 467 43,887,898 184,853 237<br />

Quintile 3 440 26,836,995 149,632 179<br />

Quintile 4 166 7,654,627 58,896 130<br />

Quintile 5 (least poor) 43 1,881,844 27,250 69<br />

Section 21 schools 929 96,904,428<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 71<br />

Page 75


13.9. Programme 2 - Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong><br />

13.9.1 Demographic pressures and access issues<br />

The following information refers to public ordinary, independent and special schools. It is<br />

nevertheless recommended that it appear in this section, considering that public ordinary<br />

schools form the bulk <strong>of</strong> the total.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

13.9.2 Learner Enrolment<br />

The number <strong>of</strong> learners in Public Ordinary Schools (POS) has decreased from<br />

2,357,220 in 1995 to 2,145,083 in 2004 - a decrease <strong>of</strong> 9.8% (see graph 8)<br />

A comparison <strong>of</strong> the age-grade enrolment data for the three years shows that in 2001,<br />

10 644 less learners enrolled in Grade 1 than in 2000. There was an even larger<br />

decrease in Grade 2, where 15 815 less learners were recorded. These two grades,<br />

together with Grade 12 showed the greatest decline in enrolment between 2000 and<br />

2001. Several grades indicated an increase, namely Grade 4, 6 and 8. Some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Grade 1 losses were reversed during the period 2001 to 2002 (gain <strong>of</strong> 1 953 learners)<br />

but there was a big decrease in reported Grade 3 enrolment <strong>of</strong> –17 614 learners and<br />

Grade 8 <strong>of</strong> –12 989. It is not clear at this stage why there should be seemingly random<br />

gains and losses across grades from one year to the next. On the whole though, it is<br />

encouraging to note the relative stabilization <strong>of</strong> enrolment trends compared to previous<br />

years. One somewhat controversial view is that AIDS is having a debilitating effect on<br />

the school system, both in terms <strong>of</strong> higher drop-out rates due to increased numbers <strong>of</strong><br />

orphans and higher learner mortality.<br />

There is currently no systematic means in place for determining the effect <strong>of</strong> the AIDS<br />

pandemic on the school system. It may also be possible that population is decreasing<br />

due to natural factors such as improved family planning and rural-urban migration.<br />

Graph 7: Learner Enrolment in Public ordinary Schools (1995-2001)<br />

Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

Public School Enrolment and Projections 1995 - 2007<br />

4 April <strong>2005</strong><br />

Millions<br />

2.5<br />

2.4<br />

2.3<br />

Enrolment<br />

2.2<br />

2.1<br />

Enrolment Excl Gr R<br />

Enrolment Incl Gr R<br />

2.0<br />

1.9<br />

1.8<br />

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong> 20<strong>06</strong> 2007<br />

Enrolment Excl Gr R 2,316,998 2,382,576 2,313,605 2,331,001 2,308,532 2,126,676 2,030,689 2,<strong>06</strong>5,750 2,<strong>06</strong>8,904 2,<strong>06</strong>2,052 2,072,703 2,<strong>06</strong>8,748 2,<strong>06</strong>8,595<br />

Enrolment Incl Gr R 2,357,220 2,422,551 2,353,962 2,371,215 2,347,782 2,168,196 2,071,689 2,108,110 2,108,712 2,145,083 2,176,659 2,153,597 2,158,813<br />

<strong>Year</strong>s<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 76<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 72


Graph 8: Learner Enrolment in Public Ordinary Schools by Grade (1995, 2004 and <strong>2005</strong>)<br />

Learner Enrolment by Grade 1995,2004 & <strong>2005</strong><br />

Thousands<br />

500<br />

450<br />

400<br />

350<br />

300<br />

Enrolment<br />

250<br />

200<br />

1995<br />

2004<br />

<strong>2005</strong><br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0<br />

Gr R G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9 G10 G11 G12<br />

Grades<br />

Table 23 indicates that the department is achieving in terms <strong>of</strong> ensuring that there is<br />

access to education by learners in Eastern Cape. The gross enrolment ratio (GER) for<br />

the primary school sector and secondary school sector in 2003 was 118% and 72%<br />

respectively. The GER for primary schools exceeded 100% for all seven years from<br />

1996 to 2002. This is not surprising since it has already been established that there were<br />

large numbers <strong>of</strong> over- and under-age learners amongst the Grade 1 intake for primary<br />

schools for these years. The overall trend is downwards, which is a welcome<br />

improvement, particularly if this has been caused by lower numbers <strong>of</strong> over-age<br />

learners.<br />

Table 23: Gross Enrolment Rate: 1996-2004<br />

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2004<br />

Total<br />

Enrolment in<br />

Primary<br />

Phase -<br />

(Grades 1 - 7)<br />

Total<br />

Population<br />

aged<br />

7-13<br />

GER Primary<br />

Phase<br />

Total<br />

Enrolment in<br />

Sec. Phase<br />

(Grades 8 -<br />

12)<br />

1 743 251 1 378 783 1 611 988 1 645 443 1 510 748 1 482 474 1 451 670 1,374,884<br />

1 194 261 1 199 502 1 204 766 1 210 053 1 215 363 1 220 697 1 226 054 1,257,721<br />

146% 115% 134% 136% 124% 121% 118% 109%<br />

629 140 521 691 635 672 653 903 611 882 610 780 610 344 591,301<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 73<br />

Page 77


Total<br />

Population<br />

aged 14-18<br />

GER<br />

Secondary<br />

Phase<br />

Total<br />

Enrolment<br />

(Grades 1 to<br />

12)<br />

Total<br />

Population<br />

aged<br />

17-18<br />

GER Primary<br />

and Sec.<br />

Phases<br />

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2004<br />

771 899 784 485 797 276 810 276 823 488 836 915 850 561 892,697<br />

82% 67% 80% 81% 74% 73% 72% 66%<br />

2 4<strong>06</strong> 712 1 927 313 2 274 559 2 323 882 2 146 052 2 093 254 2 <strong>06</strong>2 014 1,966,185<br />

1 966 160 1 984 119 2 002 243 2 020 532 2 038 987 2 057 612 2 076 407 2,150,417<br />

122% 97% 114% 115% 105% 102% 99% 91%<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

What is also evident from the age-grade matrices is that the problem <strong>of</strong> over- and underage<br />

learners continues throughout the primary school grades, and is compounded by<br />

high repetition rates. In 2002, for example, nearly 20% <strong>of</strong> all learners in primary schools<br />

were either less than age seven or over age 13.<br />

The drop in the primary school GER for 2001 and 2002 to 121% and 118% is a positive<br />

development and indicates a higher percentage <strong>of</strong> appropriately aged pupils in primary<br />

schools. This was driven by a decline in primary phase enrolment between 2000, 2001<br />

and 2002 against only slight population increases for 7-13 year olds during the same<br />

period.<br />

Although there are more children in Grades 1 to 7 than there are 7-13 year olds in the<br />

population (due to over/under age -enrolment), this situation is reversed for secondary<br />

schools. The GER for secondary schools was in the low eighties at 82%, 80% and 81%<br />

for 1996, 1998 and 1999, before dropping and stabilising at 74%, 73% and 72% in 2000,<br />

2001 and 2002.<br />

A GER <strong>of</strong> less than 100% is generally indicative <strong>of</strong> under-enrolment unless large<br />

numbers <strong>of</strong> learners were able to complete the secondary school phase before they<br />

reach age 18, which is unlikely to be a factor in the Eastern Cape.<br />

The GER measures the capacity <strong>of</strong> schools to accommodate the population <strong>of</strong> the<br />

relevant school-going age. It is defined as the proportion <strong>of</strong> learners in a particular grade<br />

or phase, divided by the population <strong>of</strong> the corresponding school-going age and then<br />

expressed as a percentage. The GER includes over-aged and under-aged learners.<br />

13.9.3 Repetition Rate:<br />

The Repetition Rate measures the extent to which learners repeat grades and is<br />

calculated by dividing the number <strong>of</strong> learners who are repeating a specific grade by the<br />

enrolment for that grade in the previous year. High repetition rates give rise to a number<br />

<strong>of</strong> problems, most notable <strong>of</strong> which is increased class sizes. A repetition rate <strong>of</strong> 20% for<br />

a class <strong>of</strong> 48 learners means for example that there are 8 extra learners in the class who<br />

are repeating the grade. Once learners repeat grades more than once, the problem <strong>of</strong><br />

over-aged learners compounds difficulties.<br />

Table 24 shows that the repetition rates for grade 1 to 12 are 12% in 2001, 12,3% in<br />

2002, and 9% in 2003. The repetition rates per grade for the years 2001 to 2003 show a<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 78<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 74


decreasing trend. For all the years shown, the minimum repetition rate is to be found<br />

around grade 7 peaking in grades 10 and 11.<br />

The average repetition rate for all grades was 11% in both 1999 and 2000 and rose to<br />

12% in 2001 and 2002. The average rate has however started to decline in 2003 and is<br />

currently standing at 9%. In the Primary phase in 2002 Grades 1 and 4 had the highest<br />

repetition rates at 10%. In the secondary phase repetition rates were considerably higher<br />

and tended to peak in the higher grades, particularly Grades 10 and 11. In 2002, one<br />

fifth <strong>of</strong> learners in Grades 10 and 11 repeated these grades. By Grade 12 the figure had<br />

dropped slightly to 16%.<br />

Table 24: Repetition Rate by Grade<br />

1998* 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 #<br />

G1 13% 10% 9% 10% 10% 7% N/A<br />

G2 12% 10% 8% 9% 9% 6% N/A<br />

G3 12% 10% 10% 10% 9% 6% N/A<br />

G4 13% 11% 11% 12% 10% 7% N/A<br />

G5 12% 10% 9% 10% 9% 6% N/A<br />

G6 10% 9% 8% 8% 7% 5% N/A<br />

G7 10% 9% 8% 7% 6% 5% N/A<br />

G8 16% 13% 13% 14% 8% 8% N/A<br />

G9 15% 12% 12% 13% 12% 7% N/A<br />

G10 23% 16% 18% 20% 20% 20% N/A<br />

G11 23% 17% 18% 22% 22% 19% N/A<br />

G12 27% 19% 18% 16% 16% 11% N/A<br />

Average 14% 11% 11% 12% 12% 9% N/A<br />

*Repetition Rates for 1998 are overestimated due to incomplete enrolment data for 1997. Repetition Rates for 2004<br />

is not yet available. <strong>2005</strong> Data still needs to be captured to calculate 2004.<br />

Table 25 and Graph 9 shows the drop-out rate per grade from 1999 to 2003. The<br />

number <strong>of</strong> dropouts in the schooling system in the Eastern Cape has steadily increased<br />

from 7% in 1999 to a high <strong>of</strong> 15% in 2000. From 2001 to 2003 it would seam that the<br />

dropout rate has stabilized at around 11%. Dropouts in the province have the tendency<br />

to peak in the early grades and then again in grades 10-12. This tendency is matched<br />

by the higher repetition rates shown earlier.<br />

Table 25: Drop-out Rate by Grade<br />

1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004* Average<br />

G1 15% 20% 25.19% 26.02% 23% N/A 22%<br />

G2 5% 13% 5.32% 6.44% 5% N/A 7%<br />

G3 4% 12% 6.87% 5.92% 4% N/A 7%<br />

G4 4% 12% 6.29% 8.85% 7% N/A 8%<br />

G5 4% 12% 7.48% 7.28% 7% N/A 8%<br />

G6 5% 12% 8.80% 8.13% 7% N/A 8%<br />

G7 1% 10% 8.87% 8.5% 7% N/A 7%<br />

G8 7% 15% 6.24% 14.97% 12% N/A 11%<br />

G9 5% 17% 17.92% 12.80% 2% N/A 11%<br />

G10 15% 23% 18.62% 17.76% 22% N/A 19%<br />

G11 15% 21% 13.02% 10.28% 23% N/A 16%<br />

Average 7% 15% 11% 12% 11% N/A 11%<br />

* 2004 drop out rate is not available. Data will be released after the capturing <strong>of</strong> the <strong>2005</strong> Annual Survey has been<br />

completed.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 75<br />

Page 79


13.9.4 Over-aged Learners<br />

Several <strong>of</strong> the indicators discussed earlier have mentioned the issue <strong>of</strong> under- and overage<br />

enrolment in the Eastern Cape education system. Age-specific indicators such as<br />

the Net Intake Rate and Net Enrolment Rate have shown that a sizeable percentage <strong>of</strong><br />

enrolment is <strong>of</strong> inappropriate age. It has been shown that in three districts, the de facto<br />

starting age for primary school is age six, which is not problematic if those learners are<br />

sufficiently prepared and able to proceed through the grades without repetition. What is<br />

more problematic is the problem <strong>of</strong> over-age learners, who in some cases are two to<br />

three years older than their classmates.<br />

The temporary application <strong>of</strong> the age-grade admission policy prevented learners who<br />

were younger than seven from entering Grade 1 but the high rates <strong>of</strong> repetition in later<br />

grades continue to result in large numbers <strong>of</strong> over-aged learners.<br />

The percentage <strong>of</strong> over-aged learners reflected in figure 3a show a decreasing trend <strong>of</strong><br />

over-aged learners in the public ordinary schools <strong>of</strong> Eastern Cape. The percentage is a<br />

very crude calculation that looks at an environment where repeaters are not catered for.<br />

The percentages were calculated using the average age in a grade as being 7 years old<br />

in grade 1 (8-year olds and more regarded as over-aged in this analysis), 8 years old in<br />

Grade 2 (9-year olds and more are regarded as over-aged in this analysis), to 18 years<br />

old in Grade 12. This gives an indication that 41% <strong>of</strong> primary school learners and 56 %<br />

<strong>of</strong> secondary school learners are over-aged. There is a visible decrease in the number <strong>of</strong><br />

over-aged learners in both the primary and secondary phases over the period 2000 to<br />

2004.<br />

This crude calculation does give an indication that the number <strong>of</strong> over-age learners is<br />

deceasing but the rate or over-age learners was still higher in the former DET schools.<br />

There were a higher number <strong>of</strong> over-age learners in grade 10 and grade 11 than those<br />

in grade 12. It is in these grades that there are increases <strong>of</strong> over-age learners in the<br />

other former departments and the new schools. The notion <strong>of</strong> holding learners back and<br />

not promoting them into grade 12 becomes much more evident through these statistics.<br />

The average age <strong>of</strong> grade 12 learners has improved over the last few years. The<br />

percentage <strong>of</strong> learners who were 18 and younger is just over 55% in 2004 as illustrated<br />

in Graphs 10 and Graph 11.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Graph 9: Drop-out Rate : Eastern Cape 2000-2003<br />

Dropout Rate: Eastern Cape 2000-2003<br />

120%<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

Gr<br />

1<br />

Gr<br />

2<br />

Gr<br />

3<br />

Gr<br />

4<br />

Gr<br />

5<br />

2003 26% 6% 5% 7% 8% 7% 7% 10% 12% 16% 23%<br />

2002 25% 6% 7% 7% 7% 9% 8% 7% 15% 21% 24%<br />

2001 26% 6% 6% 9% 7% 8% -1% 15% 13% 18% 22%<br />

2000 20% 13% 12% 12% 12% 12% 1% 15% 17% 23% 21%<br />

1999 15% 5% 4% 4% 4% 5% 1% 7% 5% 15% 15%<br />

Gr<br />

6<br />

Grade<br />

Gr<br />

7<br />

Gr<br />

8<br />

Gr<br />

9<br />

Gr<br />

10<br />

Gr<br />

11<br />

2003<br />

2002<br />

2001<br />

2000<br />

1999<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 80<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 76


Graph 10: Percentage Over-Aged Learners in Public Primary and Secondary Schools<br />

Percentage <strong>of</strong> Over Aged learners in Public Schools<br />

70.00%<br />

60.00%<br />

50.00%<br />

40.00%<br />

30.00%<br />

Primary<br />

Secondary<br />

20.00%<br />

10.00%<br />

0.00%<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004<br />

Primary 47.57% 46.05% 43.46% 41.82%<br />

Secondary 58% 58% 57% 56%<br />

Graph 11: Percentage Learners in Grade 12 who are 18 <strong>Year</strong>s Old or Younger<br />

Percentage <strong>of</strong> Grade 12 Learners that are Over-Age<br />

61%<br />

60%<br />

59%<br />

58%<br />

57%<br />

56%<br />

55%<br />

54%<br />

53%<br />

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004<br />

13.9.5 Learner Educator Ratio<br />

The Learner-Educator Ratio (LER) for the entire public education system for Eastern<br />

Cape has for the last five years shown a downward trend. This system ratio includes all<br />

the state-paid educators from all the institutions and <strong>of</strong>fices. The institutional ratio that is<br />

at 34,6:1 shows a similar trend to the system ratio. The institution ratio is the ratio <strong>of</strong> all<br />

learners in the public institutions (ordinary, LSEN, ABET and FET institutions) divided by<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> state-paid educators.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 77<br />

Page 81


Table 26 mirrors provincial aggregate values for Learner-Educator Ratios according to<br />

combined, primary and secondary schools. It is clear that all the LER are below one<br />

educator for 40 learners, sustaining the compliance with the South African Schools Act,<br />

which stipulates 40:1 for primary and 35:1 for secondary schools. Because these are<br />

provincial aggregates it does not mean that there are no individual institutions for which<br />

the LER is above 40.<br />

As Table 26 indicates the Learner Educator Ratio (LER) for 2004 was 33.99 considering<br />

state-paid educators in public schools. Comparing the LER with those <strong>of</strong> 2003, viz.<br />

32.42% and 33.99%, it is observed that for the state-paid educator situation there is a<br />

marginal improvement whilst for all educators (both state- and privately paid) the<br />

situation worsened.<br />

Many <strong>of</strong> these schools are primary schools and more than 83% are from the former DET<br />

schools. This is an unusual phenomenon as the Post Provisioning Model is based on the<br />

equal distribution <strong>of</strong> educator posts, thus all schools should have an LER lower than<br />

40:1. This may be due to incorrect reporting from schools in the survey forms, or as a<br />

result <strong>of</strong> ambiguity in questions in the survey form. The main contributing factor is that as<br />

a result <strong>of</strong> the survey being conducted on the 10 th school day, many schools<br />

experienced an influx <strong>of</strong> learners that was not anticipated in the previous year, resulting<br />

in higher numbers <strong>of</strong> learners.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Table 26: Learner : Educator Ratio by Level<br />

Level 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />

Combined<br />

36.90<br />

39.22 38.39 37.69 34.09 34.58 36.18<br />

School<br />

Primary<br />

School<br />

34.98 35.16 33.22 31.41 32.22 33.83 32.70<br />

Secondary<br />

School<br />

30.<strong>06</strong> 30.86 30.88 27.96 28.19 29.62 31.40<br />

Public<br />

Ordinary<br />

35.76 35.66 34.78 31.88 32.42 33.99 34.45<br />

Tables 27 and 28, illustrate the LER <strong>of</strong> public ordinary schools by its former department<br />

and by quintiles, i.e. its placement on the resource targeting list for school funding that<br />

uses a poverty index to rank schools. Table 46 shows that LERs for four ex-<strong>Department</strong>s<br />

and it range from 35.99 to 27.24 (excluding SGB paid educators) in 2004. The LER for<br />

ECDE’s new schools reflects continuing improvement from 1999 for both inclusion and<br />

exclusion <strong>of</strong> SGB paid educators. For the whole province LER have improved and<br />

stabilized in the last 5 years as the table shows. The slight increase in the LER in 2004<br />

can be contributed to the current moratorium on the appointment <strong>of</strong> any new staff in the<br />

system. Although the ECDE has the biggest percentage <strong>of</strong> poor people in the country, it<br />

had the best LER after the implementation <strong>of</strong> the 2004 Post Provisioning. The freezing<br />

<strong>of</strong> any appointments meant that due to natural attrition <strong>of</strong> educators, the LER would<br />

slightly increase as educators leave the system.<br />

Table 27: Learner - Educator Ratio by ex-<strong>Department</strong> (Public Ordinary Schools)<br />

Ex-Dept 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />

Ciskei 29.41 29.17 26.88 27.51 26.31 27.24 29.78<br />

Transkei 38.29 38.14 36.63 35.04 33.71 35.67 38.04<br />

HOR 28.62 34.02 30.17 33.13 33.79 33.21 36.49<br />

CED 28.04 33.75 30.78 32.99 33.38 33.33 37.78<br />

New 43.24 38.90 34.03 33.16 34.18 35.99 38.43<br />

Total 33.52 34.79 31.698 32.36 32.27 33.08 36.67<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 82<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 78


As Table 28 shows, the poorest schools show a marked improvement <strong>of</strong> the LER, from<br />

38.69 in 1999 to 36.84 in 2004. Schools in quintile 4, start to show the LER<br />

improvement when SGB paid educators are included.<br />

Table 28: Learner - Educator Ratio by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools)<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />

1 38.69 37.41 34.51 36.84 40.95<br />

2 35.82 35.01 33.23 34.25 38.42<br />

3 32.96 31.58 32.17 32.69 34.47<br />

4 31.09 31.15 30.39 31.20 33.38<br />

5 32.40 33.30 32.00 33.14 37.42<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 79<br />

Page 83


Map 4: Learner : Educator Ration per District 2004<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

13.9.6 Average Classroom Size<br />

The average classroom size has reached 40.23:1 in <strong>2005</strong>.<br />

As indicated in Table 29 the average classroom size has gradually decreased from 2000<br />

to 2004 for combined schools from a high <strong>of</strong> 48.21 in 2000 to 45.86 in 2004. The LCR for<br />

secondary schools have shown a gradual decrease from 37.33 in 2000 to 35.70 in 2004.<br />

For public primary schools the classroom size has increased slightly from 33.91 to 33.15<br />

in 2004. For all public schools the classroom size decreased from 40.69 in 2000 to 39.15<br />

in 2004. The LCR was at its lowest in 2001 at 38.86. The marginal increase in LCR for<br />

Ordinary schools can be attributed to the increasing number <strong>of</strong> grade R learners that are<br />

being attached to primary schools. In 2004 alone the number has increased by around<br />

8%. As more schools are attaching grade R classes to their schools, the rate should<br />

gradually increase over the next few years.<br />

The LCR in the poorest schools have not changed dramatically since 2001. In 2004 it is<br />

still at the same level as in 2001, although it has shown signs <strong>of</strong> decrease in the 2002 –<br />

2003 period. In quintile 5, the least poor quintile, the LCR has increased from 27.76 to<br />

31.56.<br />

There may be instances where principals may not teach the required number <strong>of</strong> hours<br />

and thus reducing the number <strong>of</strong> class units. Principals are counted in the post<br />

distribution to schools. When they do not <strong>of</strong>fer time in class, the burden is re-distributed<br />

to the rest <strong>of</strong> the educator core resulting in an overload <strong>of</strong> teaching contact time for<br />

educators. This may then account for the higher classroom size. The number <strong>of</strong><br />

classrooms not in use but available, has not been included in this ratio, in order to<br />

highlight the actual average number <strong>of</strong> learners in a classroom.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 84<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 80


Table 29: Average Classroom Size<br />

Level 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />

Combined 48.21 46.28 46.54 46.11 45.86 48.01<br />

Primary 33.91 32.02 32.32 33.<strong>06</strong> 33.15 33.19<br />

Secondary 37.33 35.85 36.00 35.10 35.70 37.62<br />

Total Public Ordinary<br />

40.69 38.86 39.11 39.09 39.15<br />

40.23<br />

Table 30: Average Classroom Size by ex-<strong>Department</strong><br />

Ex-Dept 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />

CISKEI 35.04 32.14 29.95 28.82 28.26 28.05 27.69<br />

DET 36.35 34.63 32.66 32.84 32.99 33.15 33.20<br />

CED 27.56 28.34 27.64 28.58 28.99 29.36 29.71<br />

HOR 33.75 33.11 31.70 33.46 33.04 33.43 33.90<br />

NEW EDUC DEPT 38.96 37.68 36.86 38.37 41.35 42.89 44.77<br />

TRANSKEI 51.43 47.60 45.71 45.80 46.02 47.03 47.87<br />

Total 43.50 40.66 38.83 38.98 39.15 39.77 40.23<br />

Table 31: Average Classroom Size by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools)<br />

Quintiles 2001 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />

1 56.28 53.74 53.48 56.49 63.91<br />

2 43.57 44.93 45.<strong>06</strong> 43.22 47.58<br />

3 36.71 37.20 37.56 39.25 36.57<br />

4 27.15 33.33 33.30 35.12 33.09<br />

5 27.76 32.10 32.14 31.56 33.88<br />

What is becoming very evident as depicted in Tables 27 and 30 is that the schools from<br />

advantaged areas (ex-CED and from the lowest quintile) have a much lower LER and<br />

average classroom sizes than schools from former homelands such as the Transkei.<br />

The post provisioning model may ensure equality in the distribution <strong>of</strong> educator posts but<br />

it does not ensure equity. The more advantaged schools have more resources at their<br />

disposal and are able to employ more educators as a result <strong>of</strong> the higher school fees<br />

they charge parents.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 81<br />

Page 85


Map 5: Learner: Classroom Ratios per District 2004<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

13.9.7 Educator Gender Equity<br />

The number <strong>of</strong> female educators stayed fairly constant from 1999 to 2003 at levels <strong>of</strong><br />

73%. The situation is still that whilst (for example 2003) female educators constitute 70,<br />

1% <strong>of</strong> all educators, their representivity in the higher ranks <strong>of</strong> school management is<br />

poor. Only 46.79% are school deputy principals, and 49.36% are principals. Need it be<br />

said that from 1999 to 2003 the number <strong>of</strong> female principals did decrease from 53% in<br />

1999 to 49.36% in 2003. The biggest decline was at the level <strong>of</strong> HOD which showed a<br />

decline <strong>of</strong> 3.51%.<br />

Table 32: Percentage <strong>of</strong> Educators (state-paid educators only) by Gender employed at Different<br />

Post Levels<br />

2000 2001 2002 2003<br />

Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female<br />

Principal 48.7% 51.3% 50.76% 49.24% 50.99% 49.01% 50.64% 49.36%<br />

Deputy Principal 53.07% 46.93% 52.07% 47.93% 52.13% 47.87% 53.21% 46.79%<br />

Head <strong>of</strong> Dept 28.41% 71.59% 30.42% 69.58% 31.94% 68.<strong>06</strong>% 31.51% 68.49%<br />

Post Level 1 Educator<br />

26.85% 73.15% 26.17% 73.83% 26.17% 73.83% 27.13% 72.87%<br />

13.9.8 Educator attrition in the Eastern Cape<br />

When comparing the number <strong>of</strong> permanent educators in the provincial system in March<br />

2003 and March 2004 it was found that the attrition rate amounted to 9,5%. Attrition<br />

among the four race groups is as shown in graph 12. What stands out is that the<br />

number <strong>of</strong> permanent educators is shrinking. However, the hiring <strong>of</strong> more temporary<br />

educators has compensated for the number <strong>of</strong> educators lost, though this was not<br />

analysed.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 86<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 82


13.9.9 Educator attrition<br />

The age cohort with the highest percentage <strong>of</strong> educator attrition was 55 – 59 years and<br />

those that were 60 years and over. There is, however, a slight peaking <strong>of</strong> attrition <strong>of</strong><br />

educators in their mid-thirties. The lowest attrition rate occurs in the ages 45 – 49 years.<br />

A total number <strong>of</strong> 1 574 permanent educators left the system in the same period.<br />

Table 33: Educators Leaving the System by Age Group<br />

Age Group Educators leaving the system<br />

60 136<br />

Table 33 shows the number <strong>of</strong> educators leaving the system per age group. Whilst the<br />

percentage <strong>of</strong> educators leaving the system is highest for the 55 – 59 age group in terms<br />

<strong>of</strong> numbers the group 35 – 39 years accounted for the highest number <strong>of</strong> educators<br />

leaving. Note that negative attrition implies the number <strong>of</strong> educators entering the system.<br />

Graph 12: Educator Attrition by Age Group<br />

% Attrition in age cohort<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

<br />

2001 2002/03<br />

Age intervals<br />

13.9.10 Senior Examination Results<br />

The provincial matric pass rate has over the last five years increased from below 60% in<br />

1998 to above 59.99% in 2003. This rate has dropped by 6.54% in 2004 to 53.45%, but<br />

increased slightly to 57% in <strong>2005</strong>. The comparison <strong>of</strong> matric performance according to<br />

race indicates that White learners have the highest pass rates. With the exception <strong>of</strong><br />

Africans, there are more female learners that pass matric in Eastern Cape than male<br />

learners across the different racial groups. African learners form the majority <strong>of</strong> matric<br />

learners and come from a low base <strong>of</strong> around 32% before 1998.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 83<br />

Page 87


The highest performing ex-<strong>Department</strong> as shown in Table 52, is the former CED with a<br />

pass rate <strong>of</strong> 97.57% in 1999 and 97,89% in 2003. The performances <strong>of</strong> all other ex-<br />

<strong>Department</strong>s are Schools from the former Ciskei homeland have increased their pass<br />

rate to 50.69% in 2003 from a low <strong>of</strong> 42.00% in 1996.<br />

Since the matriculation examination is written in English or Afrikaans, Graph 14<br />

indicates that a possible policy decision around language <strong>of</strong> learning and instruction is<br />

necessary.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Graph 13: Provincial Matric Pass Rates<br />

Grade 12 Exam Results : 1996 - 2004<br />

65<br />

60<br />

60<br />

Average Passrate<br />

55<br />

50<br />

52<br />

49<br />

48<br />

50<br />

52<br />

51<br />

Results<br />

45<br />

46<br />

42<br />

40<br />

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004<br />

<strong>Year</strong>s<br />

Table 34: Grade 12 Pass rates 20<strong>06</strong>-2004 by ex-<strong>Department</strong><br />

Ex-Dept 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003<br />

CISKEI 42.00 42.11 42.40 35.56 47.69 39.33 43.61 50.69<br />

DET 37.85 41.04 41.87 37.36 48.56 47.91 53.96 60.65<br />

CED 97.57 98.30 96.85 97.20 97.41 95.72 96.27 97.89<br />

HOR 71.31 74.79 73.73 72.32 80.48 76.76 78.83 86.78<br />

NEW EDUC DEPT 36.84 29.71 36.20 31.98 41.29 36.01 42.61 52.99<br />

TRANSKEI 52.26 43.58 41.29 34.19 41.31 34.76 42.20 50.60<br />

2004<br />

43.18<br />

56.08<br />

96.97<br />

74.11<br />

43.19<br />

44.46<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 88<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 84


Graph 14: Home Language vs Language <strong>of</strong> Institution for Eastern Cape Learners 2004<br />

Home Language vs. Language <strong>of</strong> Instruction for Eastern Cape learners: 2004<br />

2,000,000<br />

1,800,000<br />

1,600,000<br />

1,400,000<br />

1,200,000<br />

1,000,000<br />

800,000<br />

600,000<br />

400,000<br />

200,000<br />

0<br />

IsiXhosa English Afrikaans<br />

Home Language<br />

Instruction Language<br />

13.10 Programme 3- Independent Schools<br />

The number <strong>of</strong> schools, and hence learners, have increased in the last four years as<br />

indicated in Table 35 This sector has grown, and will probably continue to grow. It<br />

constituted 8% <strong>of</strong> the learners in the ordinary school sector for the last five years. It has<br />

increased from 110 795 in 1999 to 137 018 in 2004 – an increase <strong>of</strong> 24%.<br />

Table 36 indicates the number <strong>of</strong> learners by phase and subsidy level. It shows that a<br />

larger number <strong>of</strong> learners were in the primary phase than in the secondary phase and<br />

the <strong>Department</strong> has subsidised over 62% <strong>of</strong> learners in primary schools and 53% <strong>of</strong><br />

learners in secondary schools in 2003/04.<br />

Table 35: Size and Shape <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling Sector<br />

2002/03 2003/04 2004/05<br />

No % No % No %<br />

Schools 99 110 115<br />

Primary 73 73.7 87 76 87 76<br />

Secondary 62 63 62 54 62 54<br />

Total 99 115 115<br />

Learners Primary 12 709 58 13 226 64 15 186 64<br />

Secondary 9 393 43 7 565 37 8 730 37<br />

Total 22 102 20 791 23 916<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 85<br />

Page 89


Combined schools with more secondary grades or fully combined (grades 1 to 12) were<br />

classified for this purpose as secondary schools<br />

Table 36: Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling<br />

Subsidy<br />

Level<br />

Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />

Primary Schools<br />

Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />

Primary Learners<br />

Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />

Secondary Schools<br />

Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />

Secondary Learners<br />

01/02 02/03 03/04 01/02 02/03 03/04 01/02 02/03 03/04 01/02 02/03 03/04<br />

60% N/A 7 29 N/A 1165 4568 N/A 9 3315 N/A 2960 7369<br />

40% N/A 21 20 N/A 5202 5244 N/A 20 4932 N/A 8180 6437<br />

25% N/A 26 14 N/A 3618 1414 N/A 16 1211 N/A 4501 2147<br />

15% N/A 7 6 N/A 892 584 N/A 8 302 N/A 3312 1865<br />

0% N/A 38 18 N/A 1832 1047 N/A 9 469 N/A 3899 2470<br />

Total N/A 99 87 N/A 12709 12857 N/A 62 10229 N/A 22852 20822<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Learners were placed in primary or secondary phases not according to the classification<br />

<strong>of</strong> schools but according to grades <strong>of</strong> the learners. There would therefore appear to be a<br />

higher number <strong>of</strong> schools than the preceding table.<br />

The LER in independent schools was relatively low for the pass five years. Those LER <strong>of</strong><br />

the non-subsidised schools was lower to that <strong>of</strong> the subsidised schools.<br />

13.11 Programme 4 4 – - LSEN Schools<br />

The public LSEN schools are the smallest sector with 44 schools and 8,550 learners.<br />

These LSEN public schools receive their budget through programme 4. The budget in<br />

<strong>2005</strong> is R41,378 million for this sector. The budget has increased by 23% since the<br />

2002/03 financial year.<br />

Table 37: Budget Allocation to Programme 4<br />

2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong><br />

Programme 4 (000 Rands) 159,963<br />

188,7<strong>06</strong> 243,386 231,370<br />

There were 6,750 learners in public LSEN schools in 1999, which has increased to<br />

9,072 learners in <strong>2005</strong>. The sector has grown by 34% in the last five years. See Table<br />

56 below.<br />

Table 38: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners in LSEN schools<br />

1999 2002 2003 2004 <strong>2005</strong><br />

Learners 6,750 7,972 8,087 8,553 9,077<br />

Table 39 indicates the number and percentage <strong>of</strong> learners according to disabilities and<br />

gender. The table further indicates that there are more disabled male learners than there<br />

are females. The table includes learners with special educational needs in public<br />

schools.<br />

The highest percentage (26.5%) <strong>of</strong> disabled learners are learners who are<br />

mildly/moderately mentally handicapped (MMH). Several factors, pre-natal and postnatal,<br />

account for the high percentage <strong>of</strong> learners with mild/moderate mental handicap.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 90<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 86


Table 39: Number and Percentage <strong>of</strong> Learners by Gender and Disability (2004)<br />

Description MALE FEMALE TOTAL % OF TOTAL<br />

Attention Deficit 700 285 985 5.8%<br />

Autistic 76 24 100 0.6%<br />

Blind 186 96 282 1.7%<br />

Cerebral Palsied 299 235 534 3.1%<br />

Deaf 436 425 861 5.1%<br />

Deaf Blind Disabled 8 8 16 0.1%<br />

Epileptic 223 223 443 2.6%<br />

Extrinsically Disabled 82 36 118 0.7%<br />

Gifted 503 507 1010 6.0%<br />

Hard <strong>of</strong> Hearing 286 240 526 3.1%<br />

Mildly Mentally Handicapped 2903 1600 4503 26.5%<br />

Multi Disabled 139 96 235 1.4%<br />

Partially Sighted 314 336 649 3.8%<br />

Physically Disabled 387 283 668 3.9%<br />

Severe Behavioral Disorder 582 225 807 4.8%<br />

Severely Mentally Handicapped 1742 1214 2956 17.4%<br />

Specific Learning Disabled 1536 744 2278 13.4%<br />

10402 6577 16971<br />

Table 40 indicates the learner: educator ratios for 2004. The learner numbers in LSEN<br />

schools increased in 2004 to 8,386. Concurrently the educator numbers stayed fairly<br />

constant at 622. This resulted in a higher learner: educator ratio in 2004. Although the<br />

focus is on publicly employed employees, the interaction between publicly and privately<br />

employed employees is important, and is therefore included in the following table:<br />

Table 40: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 4 Schools<br />

Phase Learners Publicly employed<br />

educators<br />

Public<br />

L:E<br />

Privately<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Total<br />

educators<br />

Effective<br />

L:E ratios<br />

4.1 8386 622 13.48 47 669 12.5<br />

Table 41: Learner : Classroom Ratio in Special Schools and the Classroom Backlog<br />

Programme Learners Classrooms L:C Ratio Classroom Backlog<br />

4.1 Schools 8386 514 16.31:1 133<br />

Total for Special Schools 8386 514 16:31:1 133<br />

All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />

Table 42 indicates the number <strong>of</strong> specialists (excluding educators) in public and independent<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 87<br />

Page 91


LSEN schools. There are 666 specialists in public LSEN schools employed and remunerated by<br />

the Eastern Cape <strong>Department</strong> <strong>Education</strong> and 90 specialists in independent schools employed<br />

and remunerated privately.<br />

Table 42: Employment <strong>of</strong> Specialists<br />

SPECIALIST<br />

STATE EMPLOYED<br />

PRIVATELY EMPLOYED<br />

Male Female Total Male Female Total<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Nurses 0 48 48 0 2 2<br />

Medical Specialists 0 8 8 13 3 16<br />

Physiotherapists 3 49 52 0 0 0<br />

Occupational Therapists 0 112 112 0 10 10<br />

Psychologists: Post Level 1 0 3 3 2 8 10<br />

Psychologists: Post Level 2 1 1 2 0 8 8<br />

Psychologists: Post Level 3 5 9 14 0 0 0<br />

Social Workers 0 16 16 3 5 8<br />

Other Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Specialists 4 64 68 6 10 16<br />

Temporary Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Specialists 105 238 343 3 17 20<br />

TOTAL 118 548 666 27 63 90<br />

13.12 Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Employees<br />

See also Programme 2 in section 13.9 <strong>of</strong> this report for figures on publicly employed<br />

educators.<br />

Table 43: Learner : Educator Ratios in Programme 5 Institutions<br />

FET<br />

Learners<br />

Publicly<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Public<br />

L:E<br />

Privately<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Total<br />

educators<br />

Effective L:E<br />

ratio<br />

5.1 Public<br />

Institutions<br />

Not<br />

14,184 845 16.79<br />

applicable<br />

All figures represent the situation in school year 2004.<br />

845 16.79<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 92<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 88


13.13 Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Physical Infrastructure<br />

Table 44: Classrooms available for Programme 6<br />

Programme Learners Classrooms L:C ratio<br />

Classroom<br />

backlog<br />

6.1 Public centres 45,783 0 1:20 0<br />

Total for public centres 37 0<br />

Footnotes:<br />

All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />

Employees<br />

See also Programme 2 for data on public school ratios.<br />

Table 45: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 6 Centres<br />

Learners<br />

Publicly<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Public L:E<br />

Privately<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Total<br />

educators<br />

Effective L:E<br />

ratio<br />

Grade R 45,783 911 50.25 0 911 50.25<br />

Footnotes:<br />

All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />

13.14 Programme 7: Early Childhood Development<br />

Employees<br />

See also Programme 2 in section 13.9 <strong>of</strong> this report for data on public school ratios.<br />

Table 46: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 7<br />

Learners<br />

Publicly<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Public<br />

L:E<br />

Privately<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Total<br />

educators<br />

Effective L:E<br />

ratio<br />

6.1 Public centres<br />

15,450 469 32.94 264 733 21.07<br />

Footnotes:<br />

All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 20<strong>06</strong> 89<br />

Page 93


14. EVALUATION OF CURRENT IMPLEMENTATION PERFORMANCE<br />

This is the first year that the <strong>Department</strong> has prepared a comprehensive strategic plan in line<br />

with the national guidelines. For 2003/04 the strategic plan was more focused on operational<br />

planning issues, which tended to provide too much detail, although that was required in the<br />

guideline at the time.<br />

Progress is therefore being made in the approach to strategic planning, which has also been<br />

integrated more effectively into the operational planning processes. Accordingly the whole<br />

approach to planning and the consequent compulsory quarterly and monthly reporting has<br />

become more focused. This and the creation <strong>of</strong> a Chief Directorate: <strong>Strategic</strong> Management<br />

Monitoring and Evaluation is expected to assist the <strong>Department</strong> in monitoring its performance<br />

better than in the past.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

15. ORGANIZATIONAL INFORMATION AND THE INSTITUTIONAL<br />

ENVIRONMENT<br />

15.1. Organizational Design<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> consists <strong>of</strong> a Head Office, which is responsible for operational policy,<br />

monitoring and evaluation, and twenty four districts that are responsible for all services to<br />

learners, educators, schools and local communities. The district boundaries are shown in map<br />

5 below.<br />

On the next page after the map, figure 1 shows the top level organogram <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong><br />

as approved by the MEC in August 2004. This is followed by a table setting out the names <strong>of</strong><br />

the managers against their job titles.<br />

A new organogram has been designed with support from the IMET and is currently being<br />

discussed within the department. It is likely to be implemented in April 20<strong>06</strong> at the start <strong>of</strong> the<br />

new financial year. The new organogram places a strong emphasis on clear definition <strong>of</strong><br />

strategic, business and implementation responsibilities between the different levels <strong>of</strong><br />

management and on clear linkage between head <strong>of</strong>fice and district in each functional area.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 94<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5).doc Page 90


Map 6: <strong>Education</strong>al Districts<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 91<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 95


5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 96<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n


15.2 Delegations and Performance Agreements<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> has implemented a Performance Management System for Senior Managers.<br />

The aim <strong>of</strong> the system is to ensure that managers are making the maximum possible<br />

contribution towards the achievement <strong>of</strong> <strong>Department</strong>al goals. Many Senior Managers have<br />

undergone training in the use <strong>of</strong> the system. Most importantly, the Performance Management<br />

System currently in place will assist the <strong>Department</strong> in coaching and motivating our<br />

employees so that they not only meet their objectives but also understand the strengths they<br />

need to emphasize to ensure that we provide quality service to the public. The performance<br />

wheel will be kept turning everyday in an informal and formal process by three aspects, viz<br />

planning, coaching and reviewing. The Performance Management System for level 1 to 12<br />

departmental employees has been implemented.<br />

The Accounting Officer signed financial, procurement and human resources delegations in<br />

the 2004/05 financial year. Powers have been delegated to DDGs as programme managers,<br />

to Chief Directors as responsibility managers level 1 and to Directors as responsibility<br />

managers level 2. Delegations have been built into performance agreements to measure the<br />

utilization <strong>of</strong> delegations. At present district managers have delegations for district operational<br />

budgets. It is planned that delegations will increase to the districts over the coming MTEF<br />

period 20<strong>06</strong>/07 to 2008/09 as capacity, systems and staffing are further developed and<br />

improved. Delegations will not however go lower than deputy director and chief education<br />

specialist (CES) level.<br />

15.3 Capital Investment, Maintenance and Asset Management<br />

15.3.1 Current Capital Programme<br />

The <strong>Department</strong>’s infrastructure delivery has just come through a severe slowdown as a<br />

result <strong>of</strong> the “belt tightening” exercise in 2004/05 and <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>, and now faces the challenge <strong>of</strong><br />

gearing up its infrastructure programme for 20<strong>06</strong>/07. The infrastructure budget for 20<strong>06</strong>/07 is<br />

R669m, compared to R283m in <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>. This has largely been dealt with by procuring<br />

contracts for all the tenders previously put on hold during <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>, to ensure a running start to<br />

the 20<strong>06</strong>/07 financial year.<br />

The current (January 20<strong>06</strong>) status <strong>of</strong> the building programme is summarized below:<br />

Total projects for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> (excl on hold projects) 295<br />

Projects under construction 102<br />

Projects still to be completed by March 20<strong>06</strong> 17<br />

Completed projects 148<br />

Projects being carried forward into 20<strong>06</strong>/07 4<br />

Projects not yet implemented 45<br />

Included in the above are 108 contracts which were also recently awarded for dealing with<br />

emergency situations at schools in the Eastern Cape, and these should all be completed by<br />

the end <strong>of</strong> the financial year.<br />

In addition the ongoing programme described above, the <strong>Department</strong> has recently<br />

commenced with the projects previously put on hold. These comprise 116 schools, <strong>of</strong> which<br />

94 have already been put to tender and <strong>of</strong> these 57 had contracts awarded as at mid January<br />

20<strong>06</strong>.<br />

15.3.2 Closure and Downgrading <strong>of</strong> Facilities<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> is in the process <strong>of</strong> formulating a policy on the rationalization and reorganization<br />

<strong>of</strong> small schools, as reported elsewhere herein. As this will entail enlarging<br />

certain schools, provision <strong>of</strong> hostels and transportation <strong>of</strong> learners, it will have substantial<br />

implications for the infrastructure programme. Whilst this process is under way, care will be<br />

taken to avoid providing facilities where they may later become redundant.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 97<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 93


The obvious group <strong>of</strong> small schools where re-organization is to take place is that <strong>of</strong> farm<br />

schools. Here a number <strong>of</strong> schools that have become unviable have already been<br />

amalgamated or closed down.<br />

15.3.3 Maintenance and Refurbishment<br />

Major maintenance and refurbishment are also undertaken at all schools where additional<br />

accommodation is being provided under the capital works programme, while minor<br />

maintenance is carried out by the school itself (Section 21 schools) or by the District Office on<br />

behalf <strong>of</strong> the school (Section 20 schools) – note that funds for minor maintenance are not<br />

channeled through the infrastructure budget.<br />

However, the condition <strong>of</strong> many <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s buildings is such that significant repair<br />

and renovation is required, as is evident from the table below:<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Table 47: 1: Condition <strong>of</strong> Capital Stock (April <strong>2005</strong>)<br />

Condition Number %<br />

Very Weak (mud) 939 12.5<br />

Weak 3,148 41.9<br />

In Need <strong>of</strong> Repair 2,207 29.4<br />

Good Condition 963 12.8<br />

New Building 52 0.7<br />

Being Upgraded 201 2.7<br />

No Response 0 0<br />

TOTAL 7,510 100<br />

Note that the table above includes all ECDoE facilities and not just schools.<br />

All schools have been categorized according to well defined needs in the <strong>Education</strong> Facilities<br />

Management System (EFMS). It is the <strong>Department</strong>’s endeavour to introduce a cyclic<br />

maintenance programme as part <strong>of</strong> its increasing focus on life cycle planning / costing. This<br />

will, however, require significantly more funding than is currently the case. Maintenance<br />

currently accounts for approximately 15% <strong>of</strong> the budget, and this will need to be increased<br />

substantially. Unfortunately the extent <strong>of</strong> the backlogs places a greater demand on the budget<br />

at present.<br />

15.3.4 Asset Management <strong>Plan</strong><br />

The <strong>Department</strong>’s Physical Resource <strong>Plan</strong>ning section has prepared a 10-year asset<br />

management plan (known as the Infrastructure <strong>Plan</strong>) for the period <strong>2005</strong>-2014. This sets out<br />

the current infrastructure situation, proposed levels <strong>of</strong> service, principles for provision <strong>of</strong><br />

facilities, and plans for intervention. The policies and strategies contained in this <strong>Strategic</strong><br />

<strong>Plan</strong> are in turn reflected in the Infrastructure <strong>Plan</strong> where these affect physical infrastructure<br />

in any way.<br />

The Infrastructure <strong>Plan</strong>, <strong>of</strong> which the first edition was only produced in <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>, is in the<br />

process <strong>of</strong> progressive sophistication. Initially it was in effect only an annual project list, but<br />

now endeavours to cover the entire infrastructure life cycle. This implies a much stronger<br />

focus on post construction aspects such as operational costs, maintenance, rehabilitation and<br />

ultimately disposal. The establishment <strong>of</strong> the EFMS was the first step in this process. Other<br />

current activities include<br />

<br />

<br />

the introduction and implementation <strong>of</strong> best practices in infrastructure planning and<br />

delivery (through the Infrastructure Delivery Improvement Programme (IDIP), and<br />

broadening the base <strong>of</strong> Implementing Agents employed for infrastructure delivery and<br />

strengthening <strong>of</strong> the performance agreements with these agents.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> now has formal Service Level Agreements with the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> Public<br />

Works, the Independent Development Trust, the Amatola Water board, and Eskom. It is also<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 98<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 94


in the process <strong>of</strong> negotiating an agreement with the Coega Development Corporation. This<br />

will improve the <strong>Department</strong>’s risk management in the event <strong>of</strong> under-performance by an<br />

Implementing agent<br />

15.4 Personnel<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> manages the second largest education department in the<br />

country in terms <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> employees. Expenditure on personnel, especially<br />

educators, will always be the greatest single expenditure <strong>of</strong> the department. The department<br />

has had a major challenge in both controlling personnel expenditure and in achieving<br />

balanced staffing numbers between educators and non educators.<br />

At the same time significant progress has been made in the last few years. Expenditure on<br />

personnel as a proportion <strong>of</strong> total expenditure fell from a peak <strong>of</strong> 96, 3% in 1999/00 to 86, 7%<br />

in 2002/03 1 . It is expected that the <strong>Department</strong> will meet the national target <strong>of</strong> 80% <strong>of</strong><br />

expenditure on personnel during the coming MTEF period. The ratio <strong>of</strong> educator to noneducator<br />

personnel fell from a high <strong>of</strong> 89, 2% in 1999 to 87, 2% in <strong>2005</strong>. It is likewise<br />

expected that the <strong>Department</strong> will meet the national target <strong>of</strong> 85% during the coming MTEF<br />

period.<br />

The table below shows employment and vacancies by programme at the end <strong>of</strong> the 2004/05<br />

financial year and shows some <strong>of</strong> the main challenges in filling vacancies. Vacancies are<br />

highest in the areas <strong>of</strong> management and administration, where more than half <strong>of</strong> all posts<br />

were vacant at the start <strong>of</strong> <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>. Since then further progress has been made both in filling<br />

senior management posts in head <strong>of</strong>fice and in filling critical posts <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> Development<br />

Officers (EDOs), Subject Advisers (SAs) and Special Needs Advisers in the district <strong>of</strong>fices.<br />

There remain critical vacancies in management and administration in the district <strong>of</strong>fices.<br />

Middle management and secretarial posts were advertised in November <strong>2005</strong> with a further<br />

round <strong>of</strong> recruitment to be made in February 20<strong>06</strong>, with the goal <strong>of</strong> ensuring that at least an<br />

assistant or deputy director is in place in all corporate service functions in the districts.<br />

Table 48: 2: Employment and Vacancies by Programme (March <strong>2005</strong>)<br />

Programme<br />

Number <strong>of</strong><br />

Posts<br />

Number <strong>of</strong><br />

Posts Filled<br />

Vacancy Rate<br />

Number <strong>of</strong><br />

Posts Filled<br />

Additional to<br />

the<br />

Establishment<br />

Pr1: Administration, Permanent 6 963 3 086 55.7 417<br />

Pr2: Pub ordinary school edu, Permanent 71 524 67 186 6.1 11 817<br />

Pr2: Pub ordinary school edu, Temporary 71 71 0 11<br />

Pr4: Pub spec school educ, Permanent 1 597 1 242 22.2 326<br />

Pr4: Pub spec school educ, Temporary 2 2 0 1<br />

Pr5: Further educ and training, Permanent 1 692 1 207 28.7 445<br />

Pr5: Further educ and training, Temporary 1 1 0 0<br />

Pr6: Adult basic edu and train, Permanent 60 28 53.3 4<br />

Pr8: Aux and assoc services**, Permanent 1 495 928 37.9 829<br />

Pr8: Aux and assoc services**, Temporary 1 1 0 0<br />

TOTAL 83 4<strong>06</strong> 73 752 11.6 13 850<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> has had ongoing challenges in creating an educator establishment that is<br />

both equitable and affordable. In 2003 the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> declared a post<br />

establishment for the first time since 1999. Transfer and redeployment under the 1999<br />

1 National Treasury: ‘Inter-Governmental Fiscal Reviews, 2000 to 2004’.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 99<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 95


establishment had been largely completed by 2001. In the four years that had elapsed<br />

changing demographics, especially from migration, and the closure and opening <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

had created new post requirements. A moratorium on new temporary and substitute teachers<br />

during the financial crisis had also limited flexibility to provide teachers where needed. In 2003<br />

there were close to 65 000 teachers in schools in the province. The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

declared an establishment <strong>of</strong> 67 074, some 2 000 above the numbers in post.<br />

During 2004 and the growing environment <strong>of</strong> financial crisis the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

concluded that this establishment was unaffordable and could not be implemented. The<br />

current <strong>2005</strong> educator post establishment is 63 593. After lengthy dispute with the teacher<br />

unions this establishment was declared by the MEC for <strong>Education</strong> in the first half <strong>of</strong> <strong>2005</strong>.<br />

Redeployment and transfer is now proceeding against this establishment. The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Education</strong> has also stated its intention to produce an annual educator establishment and to<br />

issue annual post bulletins for recruitment against the posts identified as vacant.<br />

Implementation <strong>of</strong> this establishment will provide both an equitable and affordable provision <strong>of</strong><br />

educators throughout the province. Based on <strong>2005</strong> enrolment, implementation <strong>of</strong> the educator<br />

establishment will give learner; educator ratios <strong>of</strong> 33.8 in primary school, 34.7 in combined<br />

schools, and 33.0 in secondary schools. This establishment will also lead to a more balanced<br />

distribution <strong>of</strong> personnel that will allow further recruitment <strong>of</strong> managers and administrators,<br />

especially in the districts. Some <strong>of</strong> this recruitment will be by transfer <strong>of</strong> educators that are<br />

surplus to requirements.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

15.5 Information Technology SYSTEMS Systems<br />

15.5.1 Information Technology Administration Systems<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> uses the main government transversal systems, being Persal, for salary and<br />

personnel administration; the Basic Accounting System (BAS), for commitments, payments<br />

and financial reporting services; and the Logistics System (Logis), for stores management<br />

and the issuing <strong>of</strong> orders for procurement. These systems are silo systems in that they are<br />

essentially stand alone, although there are interfaces between them. The architecture <strong>of</strong><br />

these systems has not changed over the last 30 years and they are not in keeping with the<br />

requirements <strong>of</strong> an efficient government department. The <strong>Department</strong> uses the systems fairly<br />

extensively, except for Logis which is only effectively being used at head <strong>of</strong>fice and in the<br />

Uitenhage district.<br />

The National Treasury is the owner <strong>of</strong> these systems and they are continuing with their<br />

Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) strategy that aims to provide integrated<br />

system to provide for transaction processing and management information in the functional<br />

areas <strong>of</strong> human resource management, supply chain management, and financial<br />

management. This strategy has been in place for at least five years and there is no definite<br />

time frame for the delivery <strong>of</strong> new systems.<br />

A critical issue is that is limiting the development <strong>of</strong> systems is the fact that section 17.3.1 <strong>of</strong><br />

the Treasury Regulations states that “Institutions may not amend existing or institute new<br />

computerised systems that will affect financial administration without the prior written approval<br />

<strong>of</strong> the National Treasury.” In implementing this provision the National Treasury is restrictive in<br />

that it rarely approves the use <strong>of</strong> new systems, due to the development <strong>of</strong> IFMS. A more<br />

flexible approach to the administration <strong>of</strong> this regulation is desperately needed to breathe new<br />

life into the ability <strong>of</strong> departments to ensure that their statutory obligations can be met.<br />

For example, the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> wishes to use the Procure-to-Pay system, which<br />

has been developed by the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> Social Development, and which has received<br />

international acclaim for innovation. Yet the National Treasury continues to place obstacles in<br />

the path <strong>of</strong> other departments wishing to use the same system.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> is actively involved in procuring a supply chain management system that will<br />

assist with the reporting requirements <strong>of</strong> the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 100<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 96


(PPPFA), and to provide a database <strong>of</strong> suppliers. A system for the administration <strong>of</strong> the<br />

School Nutrition Programme (SNP) is also in the process <strong>of</strong> being acquired.<br />

Of particular importance is the fact that the <strong>Department</strong> is proceeding well with the formulation<br />

<strong>of</strong> a Master Information Systems <strong>Plan</strong> (MISP). The final report will be completed during the<br />

current financial year. This plan is expected to lay the foundation for major systems<br />

development work to be undertaken to provide for the business process aspects <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />

With respect to connectivity and systems architecture, all 24 district <strong>of</strong>fices and the head<br />

<strong>of</strong>fice are now connected, but the basic service <strong>of</strong> email provision is still a challenge. This has<br />

much to do with the need for training <strong>of</strong> staff to use the service and the lack <strong>of</strong> adequate<br />

technical support services. The IT Unit has severe staff shortages and skills levels are not<br />

adequate.<br />

To address these issues, in-house training has been provided to IT representatives from<br />

districts during <strong>2005</strong>, technicians have been sent on several training courses, they have been<br />

provided with good equipment, and two contract technicians have been engaged to assist<br />

with user support. More than 20 learners have been utilised during the year as a means <strong>of</strong><br />

building longer term IT capacity and obtain support services for the <strong>Department</strong>. An active IT<br />

Forum has now been in operation for six months and is proving to be a valuable mechanism<br />

for information sharing, knowledge transfer, and skills development amongst the IT Reps and<br />

head <strong>of</strong>fice technicians.<br />

The strategic direction that is being investigated and is the subject <strong>of</strong> a pro<strong>of</strong>-<strong>of</strong>-concept test,<br />

is the use <strong>of</strong> terminal services. This involves the use <strong>of</strong> s<strong>of</strong>tware that will enable the district<br />

<strong>of</strong>fices to function from three cluster file server farms instead <strong>of</strong> the current arrangement with<br />

file servers in all districts. Use is also being made <strong>of</strong> shared file servers belonging to the<br />

Office <strong>of</strong> the Premier instead <strong>of</strong> purchase own equipment. This strategy is fully supported by<br />

the Provincial Government Information Technology Officer (PGITO) and the State Information<br />

Technology Agency (SITA). Such a strategy could free up a lot <strong>of</strong> resources that could better<br />

be used to obtain IT equipment for schools instead <strong>of</strong> each provincial department having its<br />

own equipment.<br />

15.5.2 ICT in Schools<br />

There are less than 500 schools with computers available for teaching and learning with<br />

another 500 having some computers for administration only. These figures are very low in<br />

relation to the 6,304 schools in the province and the far higher levels that some other<br />

provinces have already achieved.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong>’s e<strong>Education</strong> Business <strong>Plan</strong> was approved in March <strong>2005</strong>. It responds to the<br />

target that set out in the draft White Paper on e<strong>Education</strong> that ‘Every South African learner in<br />

the general and further education and training bands will be ICT capable by 2013’. The<br />

Business <strong>Plan</strong> projected the costs <strong>of</strong> implementing the policy by 2013, starting with a three<br />

year piloting and planning phase in <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2007/8. Under the plan, first year funding<br />

required for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> was R198 million. Under current financial constraints funding has been<br />

well below these levels.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> is working with several service providers and donors to provide computer<br />

equipment to schools. At present there are about 500 schools with computers, but several<br />

large donations were being administered during <strong>2005</strong>. The South African Revenue Service<br />

donated 500 computers which will go to 161 schools and the South African Police Service<br />

donated 913 computers which will go to 348 schools. The focus <strong>of</strong> distribution <strong>of</strong> the<br />

equipment is senior secondary schools. After these donations have been distributed more<br />

than 1 000 schools will have some computers.<br />

At present the <strong>Department</strong> is not able to fund the purchasing <strong>of</strong> computers for schools and<br />

therefore relies on contributions from parents, communities, business, NGOs, and foreign<br />

governments for support.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 101<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 97


15.6 Performance Management System<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> has implemented a Performance Management System for Senior Managers<br />

which has been discussed under the section 14.2: Delegations and performance agreements.<br />

15.7 Financial Management <strong>Plan</strong><br />

15.7.1 Budget and Expenditure<br />

Since 2003/04 the <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> has had the challenge <strong>of</strong> bringing expenditure<br />

within budget. The <strong>Department</strong> ended 2003/04 with over-expenditure <strong>of</strong> R244 million, <strong>of</strong><br />

which R221 million was on personnel. The recruitment <strong>of</strong> between 1 500 and 2 000 teachers<br />

in 2002 and the accumulation <strong>of</strong> personnel backlogs both played a role in the <strong>Department</strong><br />

slipping back into deficit.<br />

The strategy for addressing over expenditure has been to surrender funds from the budget to<br />

provincial Treasury to pay back accumulated debt. In 2004/05 R204 million was surrendered<br />

from the budget. It is currently expected that around R550 million and R350 million will be<br />

‘top-sliced’ from the budget in this way in <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> and 20<strong>06</strong>/07. It is expected that all debt will<br />

have been repaid by 2007/08 and the <strong>Department</strong> will have full access to its budget.<br />

As financial management has strengthened in the <strong>Department</strong> progress has been made. A<br />

number <strong>of</strong> achievements should be noted from the financial year 2004/05:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

For the first time in three years there was no over-expenditure in total.<br />

For the first time in five years there was no over-expenditure on personnel.<br />

For the first time in five years there was no unauthorized expenditure.<br />

The <strong>Department</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> will maintain this improvement in performance through the<br />

ongoing strengthening <strong>of</strong> systems and staff (see below).<br />

The tables below show firstly audited expenditure 2002/03 to 2004/05 and estimated outcome<br />

<strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong>, and secondly the current MTEF figures 20<strong>06</strong>/07 to 2008/09.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 102<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 98


Table 49: 3: Actual and Estimated Outcomes 2002/03 to <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong><br />

R thousand<br />

Outcome<br />

Audited Audited Audited<br />

Main<br />

appropriation<br />

Adjusted<br />

appropriation<br />

Revised<br />

estimate<br />

2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong><br />

Programme 1: Administration<br />

Programme 2: Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong><br />

Programme 3: Independent Schools<br />

Programme 4: Public Special Schools<br />

Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong><br />

Programme 7: Early Childhood Development<br />

Programme 8: Auxilliary and Associated Services<br />

762,484 825,926 935 673 654,950 525 643,231 713 643,231 611<br />

643,231 731 560<br />

7,868,729 8,725,982 9,330,214 9,852,111 10 9,852,111 025 227 10 9,852,111 025 174<br />

14,224 18,696 15,557 17,459 19 17,459 361<br />

17,459 19 361<br />

159,963 188,7<strong>06</strong> 185,497 231,370 231,370 370<br />

231,370<br />

370<br />

132,498 140,198 169,876 198,867 198,867 867<br />

198,867<br />

867<br />

126,471 136,292 126,047 132,097 138 132,097 488<br />

132,097 138 488<br />

24,402 27,305 36,937 38,039 39 38,039 817<br />

38,039 39 817<br />

59,997 92,187 116,793 138,146 154 138,146 447<br />

138,146 154 447<br />

Total payments and estimates<br />

9,148,768 10,155,292 155 301 10,635,871 654 446 11,251,320 11,251,320 521 188 11,251,320<br />

539 084<br />

N.B. Estimates are after suspension <strong>of</strong> funds to repay debt<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 99<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 103


Table 50: 4: Expected MTEF Figures 20<strong>06</strong>/07 to 2008/09 (July <strong>2005</strong>)<br />

Medium-term estimates<br />

R thousand 20<strong>06</strong>/07 2007/08 2008/09<br />

Programme 1: Administration 881 735,285 902<br />

961 815,024 440<br />

1872,076<br />

035 491<br />

Programme 2: Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong> 11,001,582 144 848 12 11,989,289 572 667<br />

13 12,813,538 927 504<br />

Programme 3: Independent Schools 27 21,332 770<br />

44 23,597 832<br />

48 25,249 653<br />

Programme 4: Public Special Schools 334 344,546 487<br />

399 380,639 178<br />

437 407,284 648<br />

Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training 267 223,618 965<br />

296 247,704 255<br />

350 265,043 366<br />

Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> 149,776 775<br />

165,625625<br />

177,219<br />

Programme 7: Early Childhood Development 69 48,941 120 72,318 218<br />

145 92,381 486<br />

Programme 8: Auxilliary and Associated Services 188 162,290 334<br />

214 185,236 100<br />

211 198,203 774<br />

Total payments and estimates 12,687,370 13 <strong>06</strong>5 022 13,879,432 14 774 315 14,850,992 16 334 141<br />

N.B. 20<strong>06</strong>/07 budget is before suspension <strong>of</strong> an anticipated R350 million to repay debt<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

Table 51: 5: Nominal Budget/Expenditure Growth<br />

<strong>Year</strong><br />

Growth<br />

2003/04 11,0%<br />

2004/05 4,7%<br />

<strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> 5,8%<br />

20<strong>06</strong>/07 * 13,22% 9,7%<br />

2007/08 13,08% 12,5%<br />

2008/09 10,63% 7,0%<br />

* Budget reduced by an anticipated R350 million<br />

Growth rates show the impact <strong>of</strong> the financial crisis in 2004/05 and <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> when<br />

expenditure stagnated in real terms. It is expected that next year will see real growth in<br />

funding for the first time in three years, followed by a significant increase in 2007/08<br />

once all debt has been repaid.<br />

It is important to note that the Provincial <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong> had an average real<br />

growth rate in funding from 1997/98 to 2004/05 - over seven years - <strong>of</strong> only 1, <strong>06</strong>% per<br />

year. This level <strong>of</strong> growth was expected to accommodate:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

the former Transkei and Ciskei in the provincial budget that in 1994/95 was funded at<br />

only 29% <strong>of</strong> requirements.<br />

achieving equity in the Provincial <strong>Education</strong> <strong>Department</strong>.<br />

contributing towards the elimination <strong>of</strong> infrastructure backlogs.<br />

increasing learner numbers as learners who previously did not attend school started<br />

doing so.<br />

providing adequate learner and teacher support materials.<br />

implementing new policy initiatives such as reception year education, curriculum<br />

<strong>2005</strong>, ABET and literacy programmes, FET, etc<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 104<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 100


15.7.2 Financial Management Systems and Capacity<br />

In keeping with the improvement in financial performance <strong>of</strong> 2004/05 there is a strong<br />

emphasis on building systems capacity and on financial management training. As<br />

additional staff are recruited to the corporate service functions in the districts, new<br />

equipment and computers will be put in place. R2 million is budgeted for computers in<br />

<strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> in poorer education districts. With support from the IMET and the Pytron project<br />

corporate service policies and systems are being strengthened in the districts, guided by<br />

head <strong>of</strong>fice policy. The Pytron project has provided crucial support in the development <strong>of</strong><br />

training material, and in drawing up correct policies and procedures for the districts.<br />

A ‘training <strong>of</strong> trainers’ approach has been adopted where senior corporate service staff<br />

are being trained to provide ongoing support. There will continue to be a roll out <strong>of</strong><br />

training in 20<strong>06</strong>/07, concentrating on poorer districts. The focus will be to ensure that all<br />

basic systems are in place in all districts, with uniform policies, procedures and systems<br />

in use. From January 20<strong>06</strong> onwards the focus will be on training district Assistant and<br />

Deputy Directors. In addition to a pack for each staff member with policies, procedures,<br />

and job descriptions, a Reporting Pack will be left with given to each manager. In this<br />

way training will be integrated into monthly reporting and monitoring <strong>of</strong> progress.<br />

To ensure the required financial management practices are carried out at all levels within<br />

the <strong>Department</strong> the following processes are in place:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

budget hearings are held three times during the financial year to verify the accuracy<br />

<strong>of</strong> budget submissions<br />

<strong>of</strong>fice budgets and spending patterns are reviewed regularly and any discrepancies<br />

are followed up with the applicable responsibility managers; and<br />

monthly financial committee meetings are held to interrogate spending and<br />

projections for the financial year.<br />

15.8 Audit Queries<br />

Auditor-General queries have been analyzed and documented into a compliance<br />

checklist format. These will be distributed through a <strong>Department</strong>al Circular and become<br />

a standard compliance certificate, which is required to be submitted monthly by all<br />

relevant directorates. Items which have been raised in the audit report qualification<br />

paragraph have been priorities in the audit reports and projects have been formed to<br />

address these matters urgently.<br />

Internal audit have also contributed in performing internal audits on several internal<br />

control weaknesses, which is in line with the annual audit plan. Recommendations<br />

raised are currently being implemented which should reflect improvement.<br />

The Audit Committee <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong> has identified Auditor-General queries as one <strong>of</strong><br />

the areas that the <strong>Department</strong> needs to focus on in order to improve its financial<br />

management. The Committee reviews progress in this area at each meeting.<br />

Many <strong>of</strong> the issues raised in the Auditor-General’s report form part <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>’s<br />

Turnaround <strong>Plan</strong>. Monthly reporting is done on the Turnaround <strong>Plan</strong>, which assists the<br />

<strong>Department</strong> in monitoring progress. Performance Management for senior managers has<br />

been re-aligned with the strategic goals and Turnaround <strong>Plan</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Department</strong>.<br />

<br />

<br />

The <strong>2005</strong> Audit Action <strong>Plan</strong> is taking action in the following manner on some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

key issues raised as audit queries during the last three years’ audits:<br />

Non submission <strong>of</strong> documents: Develop and implement policy and guidelines. The<br />

Pytron project and follow on training in the districts is especially vital in this area.<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (5) 20<strong>06</strong> Page Page 105 101


Compliance on journal entries: In the same manner, clear policies and guidelines<br />

are being implemented supported by training.<br />

Procurement compliance: Again, the emphasis here is also on implementing<br />

strong policies and procedures reinforced by training.<br />

Ledger accounts and reconciliations: Old balances have been written <strong>of</strong>f and are<br />

being reconciled. Reconciliations are being reviewed on a monthly basis on a<br />

standard template.<br />

Leave records and documentation: The registry project is addressing filing<br />

backlogs, leading to leave capping as a further phase <strong>of</strong> work. Monthly monitoring<br />

mechanisms are in place to ensure that discrepancies do not arise again.<br />

Internal control weaknesses: Persal administration, asset management and loss<br />

control are priorities for improved controls. A payroll database has been<br />

implemented in all districts, and asset and loss control registers are being updated.<br />

Fruitless and wasteful expenditure is being addressed through tighter monitoring<br />

procedures coupled with regular audits to identify problem areas.<br />

Under the Audit Action <strong>Plan</strong>, functionally based forums have been established to identify<br />

weaknesses and communicate them to management. The forums also have a role in<br />

guiding training programmes. Functional teams have also been established to go into<br />

district <strong>of</strong>fices to check for compliance and take corrective action. Key areas for<br />

intervention are on personnel and HR expenditure, and the asset register.<br />

p a r t C : b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n<br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>/<strong>06</strong> to 2009/10. March 20<strong>06</strong> Page 1<strong>06</strong><br />

5 <strong>Year</strong> ECDoE <strong>Strategic</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> for <strong>2005</strong>-<strong>06</strong> to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 102

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!